Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1f822b28 JH |
1 | |
2 | !!!!!!! DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE !!!!!!! | |
3 | This file is built by metaconfig. | |
4 | ||
d7418ba7 | 5 | This file contains a description of all the shell variables whose value is |
6 | determined by the Configure script. Variables intended for use in C | |
269a7913 | 7 | programs (e.g. I_UNISTD) are already described in config_h.SH. [`configpm' |
ebc74a4b | 8 | generates pod documentation for Config.pm from this file--please try to keep |
24412007 | 9 | the formatting regular.] |
d7418ba7 | 10 | |
781b178c | 11 | _a (Unix.U): |
9285ede2 | 12 | This variable defines the extension used for ordinary library files. |
781b178c JH |
13 | For unix, it is '.a'. The '.' is included. Other possible |
14 | values include '.lib'. | |
15 | ||
16 | _exe (Unix.U): | |
17 | This variable defines the extension used for executable files. | |
24412007 JH |
18 | DJGPP, Cygwin and OS/2 use '.exe'. Stratus VOS uses '.pm'. |
19 | On operating systems which do not require a specific extension | |
20 | for executable files, this variable is empty. | |
781b178c JH |
21 | |
22 | _o (Unix.U): | |
23 | This variable defines the extension used for object files. | |
24 | For unix, it is '.o'. The '.' is included. Other possible | |
25 | values include '.obj'. | |
26 | ||
27 | afs (afs.U): | |
28 | This variable is set to 'true' if AFS (Andrew File System) is used | |
29 | on the system, 'false' otherwise. It is possible to override this | |
30 | with a hint value or command line option, but you'd better know | |
31 | what you are doing. | |
32 | ||
a6d26a0d JH |
33 | afsroot (afs.U): |
34 | This variable is by default set to '/afs'. In the unlikely case | |
35 | this is not the correct root, it is possible to override this with | |
36 | a hint value or command line option. This will be used in subsequent | |
776a38e3 | 37 | tests for AFSness in the configure and test process. |
a6d26a0d | 38 | |
781b178c JH |
39 | alignbytes (alignbytes.U): |
40 | This variable holds the number of bytes required to align a | |
87b71857 JH |
41 | double-- or a long double when applicable. Usual values are |
42 | 2, 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. | |
781b178c JH |
43 | |
44 | aphostname (d_gethname.U): | |
45 | This variable contains the command which can be used to compute the | |
46 | host name. The command is fully qualified by its absolute path, to make | |
47 | it safe when used by a process with super-user privileges. | |
48 | ||
ff935051 JH |
49 | api_revision (patchlevel.U): |
50 | The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and | |
51 | api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary | |
52 | compatible with the present perl. In a full version string | |
53 | such as '5.6.1', api_revision is the '5'. | |
54 | Prior to 5.5.640, the format was a floating point number, | |
55 | like 5.00563. | |
9c20e9bc JH |
56 | |
57 | perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically search in | |
ff935051 JH |
58 | $sitelib/.. for older directories back to the limit specified |
59 | by these api_ variables. This is only useful if you have a | |
60 | perl library directory tree structured like the default one. | |
61 | See INSTALL for how this works. The versioned site_perl | |
62 | directory was introduced in 5.005, so that is the lowest | |
63 | possible value. The version list appropriate for the current | |
64 | system is determined in inc_version_list.U. | |
9c20e9bc JH |
65 | |
66 | XXX To do: Since compatibility can depend on compile time | |
08e5223a | 67 | options (such as bincompat, longlong, etc.) it should |
ff935051 JH |
68 | (perhaps) be set by Configure, but currently it isn't. |
69 | Currently, we read a hard-wired value from patchlevel.h. | |
70 | Perhaps what we ought to do is take the hard-wired value from | |
71 | patchlevel.h but then modify it if the current Configure | |
72 | options warrant. patchlevel.h then would use an #ifdef guard. | |
73 | ||
74 | api_subversion (patchlevel.U): | |
75 | The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and | |
76 | api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary | |
77 | compatible with the present perl. In a full version string | |
78 | such as '5.6.1', api_subversion is the '1'. See api_revision for | |
79 | full details. | |
80 | ||
81 | api_version (patchlevel.U): | |
82 | The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and | |
83 | api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary | |
84 | compatible with the present perl. In a full version string | |
85 | such as '5.6.1', api_version is the '6'. See api_revision for | |
86 | full details. As a special case, 5.5.0 is rendered in the | |
87 | old-style as 5.005. (In the 5.005_0x maintenance series, | |
88 | this was the only versioned directory in $sitelib.) | |
89 | ||
90 | api_versionstring (patchlevel.U): | |
91 | This variable combines api_revision, api_version, and | |
92 | api_subversion in a format such as 5.6.1 (or 5_6_1) suitable | |
93 | for use as a directory name. This is filesystem dependent. | |
781b178c JH |
94 | |
95 | ar (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 96 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
97 | full pathname (if any) of the ar program. After Configure runs, |
98 | the value is reset to a plain "ar" and is not useful. | |
99 | ||
100 | archlib (archlib.U): | |
101 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
102 | to put architecture-dependent public library files for $package. | |
103 | It is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/lib. | |
104 | Programs using this variable must be prepared to deal | |
105 | with filename expansion. | |
106 | ||
107 | archlibexp (archlib.U): | |
108 | This variable is the same as the archlib variable, but is | |
109 | filename expanded at configuration time, for convenient use. | |
110 | ||
781b178c JH |
111 | archname (archname.U): |
112 | This variable is a short name to characterize the current | |
113 | architecture. It is used mainly to construct the default archlib. | |
114 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
115 | archname64 (use64bits.U): |
116 | This variable is used for the 64-bitness part of $archname. | |
117 | ||
781b178c JH |
118 | archobjs (Unix.U): |
119 | This variable defines any additional objects that must be linked | |
120 | in with the program on this architecture. On unix, it is usually | |
121 | empty. It is typically used to include emulations of unix calls | |
122 | or other facilities. For perl on OS/2, for example, this would | |
123 | include os2/os2.obj. | |
124 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
125 | asctime_r_proto (d_asctime_r.U): |
126 | This variable encodes the prototype of asctime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
127 | It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the |
128 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r | |
129 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 130 | |
781b178c | 131 | awk (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 132 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
133 | full pathname (if any) of the awk program. After Configure runs, |
134 | the value is reset to a plain "awk" and is not useful. | |
135 | ||
136 | baserev (baserev.U): | |
137 | The base revision level of this package, from the .package file. | |
138 | ||
139 | bash (Loc.U): | |
140 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 141 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
142 | |
143 | bin (bin.U): | |
144 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
145 | to put publicly executable images for the package in question. It | |
146 | is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using | |
147 | this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. | |
148 | ||
f1ce3bf1 MB |
149 | bin_ELF (dlsrc.U): |
150 | This variable saves the result from configure if generated binaries | |
151 | are in ELF format. Only set to defined when the test has actually | |
152 | been performed, and the result was positive. | |
153 | ||
781b178c JH |
154 | binexp (bin.U): |
155 | This is the same as the bin variable, but is filename expanded at | |
156 | configuration time, for use in your makefiles. | |
157 | ||
158 | bison (Loc.U): | |
2d967e39 JH |
159 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
160 | full pathname (if any) of the bison program. After Configure runs, | |
161 | the value is reset to a plain "bison" and is not useful. | |
781b178c JH |
162 | |
163 | byacc (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 164 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
165 | full pathname (if any) of the byacc program. After Configure runs, |
166 | the value is reset to a plain "byacc" and is not useful. | |
167 | ||
168 | byteorder (byteorder.U): | |
24412007 JH |
169 | This variable holds the byte order in a UV. In the following, |
170 | larger digits indicate more significance. The variable byteorder | |
171 | is either 4321 on a big-endian machine, or 1234 on a little-endian, | |
172 | or 87654321 on a Cray ... or 3412 with weird order ! | |
781b178c JH |
173 | |
174 | c (n.U): | |
175 | This variable contains the \c string if that is what causes the echo | |
176 | command to suppress newline. Otherwise it is null. Correct usage is | |
177 | $echo $n "prompt for a question: $c". | |
178 | ||
179 | castflags (d_castneg.U): | |
180 | This variable contains a flag that precise difficulties the | |
181 | compiler has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: | |
182 | 0 = ok | |
183 | 1 = couldn't cast < 0 | |
184 | 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 | |
185 | 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list | |
186 | ||
187 | cat (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 188 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
189 | full pathname (if any) of the cat program. After Configure runs, |
190 | the value is reset to a plain "cat" and is not useful. | |
191 | ||
192 | cc (cc.U): | |
193 | This variable holds the name of a command to execute a C compiler which | |
194 | can resolve multiple global references that happen to have the same | |
5869b1f1 JH |
195 | name. Usual values are 'cc' and 'gcc'. |
196 | Fervent ANSI compilers may be called 'c89'. AIX has xlc. | |
781b178c JH |
197 | |
198 | cccdlflags (dlsrc.U): | |
199 | This variable contains any special flags that might need to be | |
200 | passed with 'cc -c' to compile modules to be used to create a shared | |
201 | library that will be used for dynamic loading. For hpux, this | |
202 | should be +z. It is up to the makefile to use it. | |
203 | ||
204 | ccdlflags (dlsrc.U): | |
205 | This variable contains any special flags that might need to be | |
206 | passed to cc to link with a shared library for dynamic loading. | |
207 | It is up to the makefile to use it. For sunos 4.1, it should | |
208 | be empty. | |
209 | ||
210 | ccflags (ccflags.U): | |
211 | This variable contains any additional C compiler flags desired by | |
212 | the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
213 | ||
af960fef JH |
214 | ccflags_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
215 | This variable contains the compiler flags needed by large file builds | |
216 | and added to ccflags by hints files. | |
217 | ||
6b356c8e JH |
218 | ccname (Checkcc.U): |
219 | This can set either by hints files or by Configure. If using | |
220 | gcc, this is gcc, and if not, usually equal to cc, unimpressive, no? | |
221 | Some platforms, however, make good use of this by storing the | |
222 | flavor of the C compiler being used here. For example if using | |
223 | the Sun WorkShop suite, ccname will be 'workshop'. | |
224 | ||
781b178c JH |
225 | ccsymbols (Cppsym.U): |
226 | The variable contains the symbols defined by the C compiler alone. | |
52c7d5b6 JH |
227 | The symbols defined by cpp or by cc when it calls cpp are not in |
228 | this list, see cppsymbols and cppccsymbols. | |
781b178c JH |
229 | The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. |
230 | ||
6b356c8e JH |
231 | ccversion (Checkcc.U): |
232 | This can set either by hints files or by Configure. If using | |
233 | a (non-gcc) vendor cc, this variable may contain a version for | |
234 | the compiler. | |
235 | ||
781b178c JH |
236 | cf_by (cf_who.U): |
237 | Login name of the person who ran the Configure script and answered the | |
238 | questions. This is used to tag both config.sh and config_h.SH. | |
239 | ||
240 | cf_email (cf_email.U): | |
241 | Electronic mail address of the person who ran Configure. This can be | |
242 | used by units that require the user's e-mail, like MailList.U. | |
243 | ||
244 | cf_time (cf_who.U): | |
245 | Holds the output of the "date" command when the configuration file was | |
246 | produced. This is used to tag both config.sh and config_h.SH. | |
247 | ||
c193ef60 MB |
248 | charbits (charsize.U): |
249 | This variable contains the value of the CHARBITS symbol, which | |
250 | indicates to the C program how many bits there are in a character. | |
251 | ||
252 | charsize (charsize.U): | |
253 | This variable contains the value of the CHARSIZE symbol, which | |
254 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a character. | |
255 | ||
781b178c JH |
256 | chgrp (Loc.U): |
257 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 258 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
259 | |
260 | chmod (Loc.U): | |
2765b840 JH |
261 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
262 | full pathname (if any) of the chmod program. After Configure runs, | |
263 | the value is reset to a plain "chmod" and is not useful. | |
781b178c JH |
264 | |
265 | chown (Loc.U): | |
266 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 267 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
268 | |
269 | clocktype (d_times.U): | |
270 | This variable holds the type returned by times(). It can be long, | |
271 | or clock_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be | |
272 | included). | |
273 | ||
274 | comm (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 275 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
276 | full pathname (if any) of the comm program. After Configure runs, |
277 | the value is reset to a plain "comm" and is not useful. | |
278 | ||
34050ace MB |
279 | compiler_warning (compiler_warning.U): |
280 | This variable holds the command to check if the file specified as a | |
281 | parameter contains a compiler warning | |
282 | ||
781b178c JH |
283 | compress (Loc.U): |
284 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 285 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 286 | |
ecf5c238 AD |
287 | config_arg0 (Options.U): |
288 | This variable contains the string used to invoke the Configure | |
289 | command, as reported by the shell in the $0 variable. | |
290 | ||
291 | config_argc (Options.U): | |
47e01c32 | 292 | This variable contains the number of command-line arguments |
ecf5c238 | 293 | passed to Configure, as reported by the shell in the $# variable. |
269a7913 MB |
294 | The individual arguments are stored as variables config_arg1, |
295 | config_arg2, etc. | |
ecf5c238 AD |
296 | |
297 | config_args (Options.U): | |
298 | This variable contains a single string giving the command-line | |
299 | arguments passed to Configure. Spaces within arguments, | |
300 | quotes, and escaped characters are not correctly preserved. | |
301 | To reconstruct the command line, you must assemble the individual | |
302 | command line pieces, given in config_arg[0-9]*. | |
303 | ||
781b178c JH |
304 | contains (contains.U): |
305 | This variable holds the command to do a grep with a proper return | |
306 | status. On most sane systems it is simply "grep". On insane systems | |
307 | it is a grep followed by a cat followed by a test. This variable | |
308 | is primarily for the use of other Configure units. | |
309 | ||
310 | cp (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 311 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
312 | full pathname (if any) of the cp program. After Configure runs, |
313 | the value is reset to a plain "cp" and is not useful. | |
314 | ||
315 | cpio (Loc.U): | |
316 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 317 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
318 | |
319 | cpp (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 320 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
321 | full pathname (if any) of the cpp program. After Configure runs, |
322 | the value is reset to a plain "cpp" and is not useful. | |
323 | ||
324 | cpp_stuff (cpp_stuff.U): | |
505656d3 | 325 | This variable contains an identification of the concatenation mechanism |
781b178c JH |
326 | used by the C preprocessor. |
327 | ||
328 | cppccsymbols (Cppsym.U): | |
52c7d5b6 JH |
329 | The variable contains the symbols defined by the C compiler |
330 | when it calls cpp. The symbols defined by the cc alone or cpp | |
331 | alone are not in this list, see ccsymbols and cppsymbols. | |
781b178c JH |
332 | The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. |
333 | ||
334 | cppflags (ccflags.U): | |
335 | This variable holds the flags that will be passed to the C pre- | |
336 | processor. It is up to the Makefile to use it. | |
337 | ||
338 | cpplast (cppstdin.U): | |
339 | This variable has the same functionality as cppminus, only it applies | |
340 | to cpprun and not cppstdin. | |
341 | ||
342 | cppminus (cppstdin.U): | |
343 | This variable contains the second part of the string which will invoke | |
344 | the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard | |
345 | output. This variable will have the value "-" if cppstdin needs | |
346 | a minus to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". | |
347 | ||
348 | cpprun (cppstdin.U): | |
349 | This variable contains the command which will invoke a C preprocessor | |
350 | on standard input and put the output to stdout. It is guaranteed not | |
351 | to be a wrapper and may be a null string if no preprocessor can be | |
352 | made directly available. This preprocessor might be different from the | |
353 | one used by the C compiler. Don't forget to append cpplast after the | |
354 | preprocessor options. | |
355 | ||
356 | cppstdin (cppstdin.U): | |
357 | This variable contains the command which will invoke the C | |
358 | preprocessor on standard input and put the output to stdout. | |
359 | It is primarily used by other Configure units that ask about | |
360 | preprocessor symbols. | |
361 | ||
362 | cppsymbols (Cppsym.U): | |
52c7d5b6 JH |
363 | The variable contains the symbols defined by the C preprocessor |
364 | alone. The symbols defined by cc or by cc when it calls cpp are | |
365 | not in this list, see ccsymbols and cppccsymbols. | |
781b178c JH |
366 | The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. |
367 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
368 | crypt_r_proto (d_crypt_r.U): |
369 | This variable encodes the prototype of crypt_r. | |
39183afa JH |
370 | It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the |
371 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r | |
372 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 373 | |
781b178c JH |
374 | cryptlib (d_crypt.U): |
375 | This variable holds -lcrypt or the path to a libcrypt.a archive if | |
376 | the crypt() function is not defined in the standard C library. It is | |
377 | up to the Makefile to use this. | |
378 | ||
379 | csh (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 380 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
381 | full pathname (if any) of the csh program. After Configure runs, |
382 | the value is reset to a plain "csh" and is not useful. | |
383 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
384 | ctermid_r_proto (d_ctermid_r.U): |
385 | This variable encodes the prototype of ctermid_r. | |
39183afa JH |
386 | It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the |
387 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r | |
388 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
389 | |
390 | ctime_r_proto (d_ctime_r.U): | |
391 | This variable encodes the prototype of ctime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
392 | It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the |
393 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r | |
394 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 395 | |
74cac757 JH |
396 | d__fwalk (d__fwalk.U): |
397 | This variable conditionally defines HAS__FWALK if _fwalk() is | |
398 | available to apply a function to all the file handles. | |
399 | ||
5c7252f4 | 400 | d_accept4 (d_accept4.U): |
dfaa7b30 MB |
401 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ACCEPT4 if accept4() is |
402 | available to accept socket connections. | |
5c7252f4 | 403 | |
781b178c JH |
404 | d_access (d_access.U): |
405 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ACCESS if the access() system | |
406 | call is available to check for access permissions using real IDs. | |
407 | ||
408 | d_accessx (d_accessx.U): | |
409 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ACCESSX symbol, which | |
410 | indicates to the C program that the accessx() routine is available. | |
411 | ||
40613a90 JH |
412 | d_acosh (d_acosh.U): |
413 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ACOSH symbol, which | |
414 | indicates to the C program that the acosh() routine is available. | |
415 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
416 | d_aintl (d_aintl.U): |
417 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_AINTL symbol, which | |
418 | indicates to the C program that the aintl() routine is available. | |
419 | If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. | |
420 | ||
781b178c JH |
421 | d_alarm (d_alarm.U): |
422 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ALARM symbol, which | |
423 | indicates to the C program that the alarm() routine is available. | |
424 | ||
425 | d_archlib (archlib.U): | |
426 | This variable conditionally defines ARCHLIB to hold the pathname | |
427 | of architecture-dependent library files for $package. If | |
428 | $archlib is the same as $privlib, then this is set to undef. | |
429 | ||
96938616 MB |
430 | d_asctime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
431 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ASCTIME64 symbol, which | |
432 | indicates to the C program that the asctime64 () routine is available. | |
433 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
434 | d_asctime_r (d_asctime_r.U): |
435 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ASCTIME_R symbol, | |
436 | which indicates to the C program that the asctime_r() | |
437 | routine is available. | |
438 | ||
427d28ce JH |
439 | d_asinh (d_asinh.U): |
440 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ASINH symbol, which | |
441 | indicates to the C program that the asinh() routine is available. | |
442 | ||
443 | d_atanh (d_atanh.U): | |
444 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATANH symbol, which | |
445 | indicates to the C program that the atanh() routine is available. | |
446 | ||
11dc3f68 JH |
447 | d_atolf (atolf.U): |
448 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATOLF symbol, which | |
449 | indicates to the C program that the atolf() routine is available. | |
450 | ||
451 | d_atoll (atoll.U): | |
452 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATOLL symbol, which | |
453 | indicates to the C program that the atoll() routine is available. | |
454 | ||
4852e23a DIM |
455 | d_attribute_always_inline (d_attribut.U): |
456 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE, | |
457 | which indicates that the C compiler can know that certain | |
458 | functions should always be inlined. | |
459 | ||
fcdf39cf RGS |
460 | d_attribute_deprecated (d_attribut.U): |
461 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED, which | |
462 | indicates that GCC can handle the attribute for marking deprecated | |
463 | APIs | |
464 | ||
df4c34dc | 465 | d_attribute_format (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
466 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT, which |
467 | indicates the C compiler can check for printf-like formats. | |
468 | ||
df4c34dc | 469 | d_attribute_malloc (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
470 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC, which |
471 | indicates the C compiler can understand functions as having | |
472 | malloc-like semantics. | |
473 | ||
df4c34dc | 474 | d_attribute_nonnull (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
475 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL, which |
476 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain arguments | |
477 | must not be NULL, and will check accordingly at compile time. | |
478 | ||
df4c34dc | 479 | d_attribute_noreturn (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
480 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN, which |
481 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain functions | |
482 | are guaranteed never to return. | |
483 | ||
df4c34dc | 484 | d_attribute_pure (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
485 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_PURE, which |
486 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain functions | |
487 | are "pure" functions, meaning that they have no side effects, and | |
488 | only rely on function input and/or global data for their results. | |
489 | ||
df4c34dc | 490 | d_attribute_unused (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
491 | This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, which |
492 | indicates that the C compiler can know that certain variables | |
493 | and arguments may not always be used, and to not throw warnings | |
494 | if they don't get used. | |
495 | ||
df4c34dc | 496 | d_attribute_warn_unused_result (d_attribut.U): |
0dbb1585 AL |
497 | This variable conditionally defines |
498 | HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT, which indicates that the C | |
499 | compiler can know that certain functions have a return values | |
500 | that must not be ignored, such as malloc() or open(). | |
781b178c | 501 | |
f6a82ade MB |
502 | d_backtrace (d_backtrace.U): |
503 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_BACKTRACE symbol, which | |
504 | indicates to the C program that the backtrace() routine is available | |
505 | to get a stack trace. | |
506 | ||
781b178c JH |
507 | d_bsd (Guess.U): |
508 | This symbol conditionally defines the symbol BSD when running on a | |
509 | BSD system. | |
510 | ||
511 | d_bsdgetpgrp (d_getpgrp.U): | |
512 | This variable conditionally defines USE_BSD_GETPGRP if | |
513 | getpgrp needs one arguments whereas USG one needs none. | |
514 | ||
515 | d_bsdsetpgrp (d_setpgrp.U): | |
516 | This variable conditionally defines USE_BSD_SETPGRP if | |
517 | setpgrp needs two arguments whereas USG one needs none. | |
518 | See also d_setpgid for a POSIX interface. | |
519 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
520 | d_builtin_add_overflow (d_builtin_overflow.U): |
521 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW, which | |
522 | indicates that the compiler supports __builtin_add_overflow(x,y,&z) | |
523 | for safely adding x and y into z while checking for overflow. | |
524 | ||
635aebb7 AL |
525 | d_builtin_choose_expr (d_builtin.U): |
526 | This conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR, which | |
527 | indicates that the compiler supports __builtin_choose_expr(x,y,z). | |
528 | This built-in function is analogous to the "x?y:z" operator in C, | |
529 | except that the expression returned has its type unaltered by | |
530 | promotion rules. Also, the built-in function does not evaluate | |
531 | the expression that was not chosen. | |
532 | ||
533 | d_builtin_expect (d_builtin.U): | |
534 | This conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT, which indicates | |
535 | that the compiler supports __builtin_expect(exp,c). You may use | |
536 | __builtin_expect to provide the compiler with branch prediction | |
537 | information. | |
538 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
539 | d_builtin_mul_overflow (d_builtin_overflow.U): |
540 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW, which | |
541 | indicates that the compiler supports __builtin_mul_overflow(x,y,&z) | |
542 | for safely multiplying x and y into z while checking for overflow. | |
543 | ||
544 | d_builtin_sub_overflow (d_builtin_overflow.U): | |
545 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_BUILTIN_SUB_OVERFLOW, which | |
546 | indicates that the compiler supports __builtin_sub_overflow(x,y,&z) | |
547 | for safely subtracting y from x into z while checking for overflow. | |
548 | ||
a2d23ec2 MB |
549 | d_c99_variadic_macros (d_c99_variadic.U): |
550 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS | |
551 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that C99 variadic macros | |
552 | are available. | |
553 | ||
781b178c JH |
554 | d_casti32 (d_casti32.U): |
555 | This variable conditionally defines CASTI32, which indicates | |
556 | whether the C compiler can cast large floats to 32-bit ints. | |
557 | ||
558 | d_castneg (d_castneg.U): | |
559 | This variable conditionally defines CASTNEG, which indicates | |
47e01c32 | 560 | whether the C compiler can cast negative float to unsigned. |
781b178c | 561 | |
427d28ce JH |
562 | d_cbrt (d_cbrt.U): |
563 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CBRT symbol, which | |
f40bbcbf MB |
564 | indicates to the C program that the cbrt() (cube root) function |
565 | is available. | |
427d28ce | 566 | |
781b178c JH |
567 | d_chown (d_chown.U): |
568 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CHOWN symbol, which | |
569 | indicates to the C program that the chown() routine is available. | |
570 | ||
571 | d_chroot (d_chroot.U): | |
572 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CHROOT symbol, which | |
573 | indicates to the C program that the chroot() routine is available. | |
574 | ||
575 | d_chsize (d_chsize.U): | |
576 | This variable conditionally defines the CHSIZE symbol, which | |
577 | indicates to the C program that the chsize() routine is available | |
578 | to truncate files. You might need a -lx to get this routine. | |
579 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
580 | d_class (d_class.U): |
581 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CLASS symbol, which | |
582 | indicates to the C program that the class() routine is available. | |
583 | ||
b0a2e8e6 MB |
584 | d_clearenv (d_clearenv.U): |
585 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CLEARENV symbol, which | |
586 | indicates to the C program that the clearenv () routine is available. | |
587 | ||
781b178c JH |
588 | d_closedir (d_closedir.U): |
589 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_CLOSEDIR if closedir() is | |
590 | available. | |
591 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
592 | d_cmsghdr_s (d_cmsghdr_s.U): |
593 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR symbol, | |
594 | which indicates that the struct cmsghdr is supported. | |
595 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
596 | d_copysign (d_copysign.U): |
597 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_COPYSIGN symbol, which | |
598 | indicates to the C program that the copysign() routine is available. | |
599 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
600 | d_copysignl (d_copysignl.U): |
601 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_COPYSIGNL symbol, which | |
602 | indicates to the C program that the copysignl() routine is available. | |
603 | If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. | |
604 | ||
f244a502 JH |
605 | d_cplusplus (d_cplusplus.U): |
606 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_CPLUSPLUS symbol, which | |
607 | indicates that a C++ compiler was used to compiled Perl and will be | |
608 | used to compile extensions. | |
609 | ||
781b178c JH |
610 | d_crypt (d_crypt.U): |
611 | This variable conditionally defines the CRYPT symbol, which | |
612 | indicates to the C program that the crypt() routine is available | |
613 | to encrypt passwords and the like. | |
614 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
615 | d_crypt_r (d_crypt_r.U): |
616 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CRYPT_R symbol, | |
617 | which indicates to the C program that the crypt_r() | |
618 | routine is available. | |
619 | ||
781b178c JH |
620 | d_csh (d_csh.U): |
621 | This variable conditionally defines the CSH symbol, which | |
622 | indicates to the C program that the C-shell exists. | |
623 | ||
066e7355 MB |
624 | d_ctermid (d_ctermid.U): |
625 | This variable conditionally defines CTERMID if ctermid() is | |
626 | available to generate filename for terminal. | |
627 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
628 | d_ctermid_r (d_ctermid_r.U): |
629 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CTERMID_R symbol, | |
630 | which indicates to the C program that the ctermid_r() | |
631 | routine is available. | |
632 | ||
96938616 MB |
633 | d_ctime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
634 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CTIME64 symbol, which | |
635 | indicates to the C program that the ctime64 () routine is available. | |
636 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
637 | d_ctime_r (d_ctime_r.U): |
638 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CTIME_R symbol, | |
639 | which indicates to the C program that the ctime_r() | |
640 | routine is available. | |
641 | ||
781b178c JH |
642 | d_cuserid (d_cuserid.U): |
643 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CUSERID symbol, which | |
644 | indicates to the C program that the cuserid() routine is available | |
645 | to get character login names. | |
646 | ||
5af95cda JH |
647 | d_dbminitproto (d_dbminitproto.U): |
648 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO symbol, | |
649 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
650 | a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is | |
651 | up to the program to supply one. | |
652 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
653 | d_difftime (d_difftime.U): |
654 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIFFTIME symbol, which | |
655 | indicates to the C program that the difftime() routine is available. | |
656 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
657 | d_difftime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
658 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIFFTIME64 symbol, which | |
659 | indicates to the C program that the difftime64 () routine is available. | |
660 | ||
066e7355 | 661 | d_dir_dd_fd (d_dir_dd_fd.U): |
de52168c SP |
662 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIR_DD_FD symbol, which |
663 | indicates that the DIR directory stream type contains a member | |
664 | variable called dd_fd. | |
665 | ||
428dc699 JH |
666 | d_dirfd (d_dirfd.U): |
667 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIRFD constant, | |
668 | which indicates to the C program that dirfd() is available | |
669 | to return the file descriptor of a directory stream. | |
670 | ||
781b178c JH |
671 | d_dirnamlen (i_dirent.U): |
672 | This variable conditionally defines DIRNAMLEN, which indicates | |
673 | to the C program that the length of directory entry names is | |
674 | provided by a d_namelen field. | |
675 | ||
f6a82ade MB |
676 | d_dladdr (d_dladdr.U): |
677 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLADDR symbol, which | |
678 | indicates to the C program that the dladdr() routine is available | |
679 | to get a stack trace. | |
680 | ||
781b178c JH |
681 | d_dlerror (d_dlerror.U): |
682 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLERROR symbol, which | |
683 | indicates to the C program that the dlerror() routine is available. | |
684 | ||
685 | d_dlopen (d_dlopen.U): | |
686 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLOPEN symbol, which | |
687 | indicates to the C program that the dlopen() routine is available. | |
688 | ||
689 | d_dlsymun (d_dlsymun.U): | |
690 | This variable conditionally defines DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE, which | |
691 | indicates that we need to prepend an underscore to the symbol | |
692 | name before calling dlsym(). | |
693 | ||
3c29c5aa MB |
694 | d_dosuid (d_dosuid.U): |
695 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOSUID, which | |
696 | tells the C program that it should insert setuid emulation code | |
697 | on hosts which have setuid #! scripts disabled. | |
698 | ||
699 | d_double_has_inf (longdblfio.U): | |
4cb05021 JH |
700 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_HAS_INF |
701 | which indicates that the double type has an infinity. | |
702 | ||
3c29c5aa | 703 | d_double_has_nan (longdblfio.U): |
7e03b2e3 | 704 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_HAS_NAN |
4cb05021 JH |
705 | which indicates that the double type has a not-a-number. |
706 | ||
3c29c5aa | 707 | d_double_has_negative_zero (longdblfio.U): |
4cb05021 JH |
708 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_HAS_NEGATIVE_ZERO |
709 | which indicates that the double type has a negative zero. | |
710 | ||
3c29c5aa | 711 | d_double_has_subnormals (longdblfio.U): |
4cb05021 JH |
712 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_HAS_SUBNORMALS |
713 | which indicates that the double type has subnormals (denormals). | |
714 | ||
715 | d_double_style_cray (longdblfio.U): | |
716 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_STYLE_CRAY | |
717 | which indicates that the double is the 64-bit CRAY mainframe format. | |
718 | ||
719 | d_double_style_ibm (longdblfio.U): | |
720 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_STYLE_IBM, | |
721 | which indicates that the double is the 64-bit IBM mainframe format. | |
722 | ||
723 | d_double_style_ieee (longdblfio.U): | |
724 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE, | |
725 | which indicates that the double is the 64-bit IEEE 754. | |
726 | ||
727 | d_double_style_vax (longdblfio.U): | |
728 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX, | |
729 | which indicates that the double is the 64-bit VAX format D or G. | |
730 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
731 | d_drand48_r (d_drand48_r.U): |
732 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DRAND48_R symbol, | |
733 | which indicates to the C program that the drand48_r() | |
734 | routine is available. | |
735 | ||
781b178c JH |
736 | d_drand48proto (d_drand48proto.U): |
737 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DRAND48_PROTO symbol, | |
738 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
739 | a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is | |
740 | up to the program to supply one. | |
741 | ||
742 | d_dup2 (d_dup2.U): | |
743 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_DUP2 if dup2() is | |
744 | available to duplicate file descriptors. | |
745 | ||
5c7252f4 | 746 | d_dup3 (d_dup3.U): |
dfaa7b30 MB |
747 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_DUP3 if dup3() is |
748 | available to duplicate file descriptors. | |
5c7252f4 | 749 | |
7e69463d AC |
750 | d_duplocale (d_newlocale.U): |
751 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DUPLOCALE symbol, which | |
752 | indicates to the C program that the duplocale() routine is available | |
753 | to duplicate a locale object. | |
754 | ||
781b178c JH |
755 | d_eaccess (d_eaccess.U): |
756 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_EACCESS symbol, which | |
757 | indicates to the C program that the eaccess() routine is available. | |
758 | ||
759 | d_endgrent (d_endgrent.U): | |
760 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDGRENT symbol, which | |
761 | indicates to the C program that the endgrent() routine is available | |
762 | for sequential access of the group database. | |
763 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
764 | d_endgrent_r (d_endgrent_r.U): |
765 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDGRENT_R symbol, | |
766 | which indicates to the C program that the endgrent_r() | |
767 | routine is available. | |
768 | ||
781b178c JH |
769 | d_endhent (d_endhent.U): |
770 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDHOSTENT if endhostent() is | |
771 | available to close whatever was being used for host queries. | |
772 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
773 | d_endhostent_r (d_endhostent_r.U): |
774 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R symbol, | |
775 | which indicates to the C program that the endhostent_r() | |
776 | routine is available. | |
777 | ||
781b178c JH |
778 | d_endnent (d_endnent.U): |
779 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDNETENT if endnetent() is | |
780 | available to close whatever was being used for network queries. | |
781 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
782 | d_endnetent_r (d_endnetent_r.U): |
783 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDNETENT_R symbol, | |
784 | which indicates to the C program that the endnetent_r() | |
785 | routine is available. | |
786 | ||
781b178c JH |
787 | d_endpent (d_endpent.U): |
788 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDPROTOENT if endprotoent() is | |
789 | available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. | |
790 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
791 | d_endprotoent_r (d_endprotoent_r.U): |
792 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R symbol, | |
793 | which indicates to the C program that the endprotoent_r() | |
794 | routine is available. | |
795 | ||
781b178c JH |
796 | d_endpwent (d_endpwent.U): |
797 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDPWENT symbol, which | |
798 | indicates to the C program that the endpwent() routine is available | |
799 | for sequential access of the passwd database. | |
800 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
801 | d_endpwent_r (d_endpwent_r.U): |
802 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDPWENT_R symbol, | |
803 | which indicates to the C program that the endpwent_r() | |
804 | routine is available. | |
805 | ||
781b178c JH |
806 | d_endsent (d_endsent.U): |
807 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDSERVENT if endservent() is | |
808 | available to close whatever was being used for service queries. | |
809 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
810 | d_endservent_r (d_endservent_r.U): |
811 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDSERVENT_R symbol, | |
812 | which indicates to the C program that the endservent_r() | |
813 | routine is available. | |
814 | ||
781b178c JH |
815 | d_eofnblk (nblock_io.U): |
816 | This variable conditionally defines EOF_NONBLOCK if EOF can be seen | |
817 | when reading from a non-blocking I/O source. | |
818 | ||
427d28ce JH |
819 | d_erf (d_erf.U): |
820 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ERF symbol, which | |
821 | indicates to the C program that the erf() routine is available. | |
822 | ||
823 | d_erfc (d_erfc.U): | |
824 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ERFC symbol, which | |
825 | indicates to the C program that the erfc() routine is available. | |
826 | ||
781b178c JH |
827 | d_eunice (Guess.U): |
828 | This variable conditionally defines the symbols EUNICE and VAX, which | |
47e01c32 | 829 | alerts the C program that it must deal with idiosyncrasies of VMS. |
781b178c | 830 | |
427d28ce JH |
831 | d_exp2 (d_exp2.U): |
832 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_EXP2 symbol, which | |
833 | indicates to the C program that the exp2() routine is available. | |
834 | ||
835 | d_expm1 (d_expm1.U): | |
836 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_EXPM1 symbol, which | |
837 | indicates to the C program that the expm1() routine is available. | |
838 | ||
4d54317a JH |
839 | d_faststdio (d_faststdio.U): |
840 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FAST_STDIO symbol, | |
841 | which indicates to the C program that the "fast stdio" is available | |
842 | to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. | |
843 | ||
b363b713 JH |
844 | d_fchdir (d_fchdir.U): |
845 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHDIR symbol, which | |
846 | indicates to the C program that the fchdir() routine is available. | |
847 | ||
781b178c JH |
848 | d_fchmod (d_fchmod.U): |
849 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHMOD symbol, which | |
850 | indicates to the C program that the fchmod() routine is available | |
851 | to change mode of opened files. | |
852 | ||
3c29c5aa | 853 | d_fchmodat (d_fsat.U): |
d226c0a2 TC |
854 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHMODAT symbol, which |
855 | indicates the POSIX fchmodat() function is available. | |
856 | ||
781b178c JH |
857 | d_fchown (d_fchown.U): |
858 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHOWN symbol, which | |
859 | indicates to the C program that the fchown() routine is available | |
860 | to change ownership of opened files. | |
861 | ||
862 | d_fcntl (d_fcntl.U): | |
863 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCNTL symbol, and indicates | |
864 | whether the fcntl() function exists | |
865 | ||
9d9004a9 AD |
866 | d_fcntl_can_lock (d_fcntl_can_lock.U): |
867 | This variable conditionally defines the FCNTL_CAN_LOCK symbol | |
868 | and indicates whether file locking with fcntl() works. | |
869 | ||
781b178c JH |
870 | d_fd_macros (d_fd_set.U): |
871 | This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FD_MACROS symbol, | |
872 | which indicates if your C compiler knows about the macros which | |
873 | manipulate an fd_set. | |
874 | ||
875 | d_fd_set (d_fd_set.U): | |
876 | This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FD_SET symbol, | |
877 | which indicates if your C compiler knows about the fd_set typedef. | |
878 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
879 | d_fdclose (d_fdclose.U): |
880 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FDCLOSE symbol, which | |
881 | indicates to the C program that the fdclose() routine is available. | |
882 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
883 | d_fdim (d_fdim.U): |
884 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FDIM symbol, which | |
885 | indicates to the C program that the fdim() routine is available. | |
886 | ||
781b178c JH |
887 | d_fds_bits (d_fd_set.U): |
888 | This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FDS_BITS symbol, | |
889 | which indicates if your fd_set typedef contains the fds_bits member. | |
890 | If you have an fd_set typedef, but the dweebs who installed it did | |
891 | a half-fast job and neglected to provide the macros to manipulate | |
892 | an fd_set, HAS_FDS_BITS will let us know how to fix the gaffe. | |
893 | ||
2f6b96eb JH |
894 | d_fegetround (d_fegetround.U): |
895 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FEGETROUND if fegetround() is | |
896 | available to get the floating point rounding mode. | |
897 | ||
781b178c JH |
898 | d_fgetpos (d_fgetpos.U): |
899 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FGETPOS if fgetpos() is | |
900 | available to get the file position indicator. | |
901 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
902 | d_finite (d_finite.U): |
903 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FINITE symbol, which | |
904 | indicates to the C program that the finite() routine is available. | |
905 | ||
906 | d_finitel (d_finitel.U): | |
907 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FINITEL symbol, which | |
908 | indicates to the C program that the finitel() routine is available. | |
909 | ||
781b178c JH |
910 | d_flexfnam (d_flexfnam.U): |
911 | This variable conditionally defines the FLEXFILENAMES symbol, which | |
912 | indicates that the system supports filenames longer than 14 characters. | |
913 | ||
781b178c JH |
914 | d_flock (d_flock.U): |
915 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FLOCK if flock() is | |
916 | available to do file locking. | |
917 | ||
5af95cda JH |
918 | d_flockproto (d_flockproto.U): |
919 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FLOCK_PROTO symbol, | |
920 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
921 | a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is | |
922 | up to the program to supply one. | |
923 | ||
427d28ce JH |
924 | d_fma (d_fma.U): |
925 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FMA symbol, which | |
926 | indicates to the C program that the fma() routine is available. | |
927 | ||
928 | d_fmax (d_fmax.U): | |
929 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FMAX symbol, which | |
930 | indicates to the C program that the fmax() routine is available. | |
931 | ||
932 | d_fmin (d_fmin.U): | |
933 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FMIN symbol, which | |
934 | indicates to the C program that the fmin() routine is available. | |
935 | ||
781b178c JH |
936 | d_fork (d_fork.U): |
937 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FORK symbol, which | |
938 | indicates to the C program that the fork() routine is available. | |
939 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
940 | d_fp_class (d_fp_class.U): |
941 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FP_CLASS symbol, which | |
942 | indicates to the C program that the fp_class() routine is available. | |
943 | ||
d0166596 | 944 | d_fp_classify (d_fpclassify.U): |
add06237 JH |
945 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FP_CLASSIFY symbol, which |
946 | indicates to the C program that the fp_classify() routine is available. | |
947 | ||
d0166596 MB |
948 | d_fp_classl (d_fp_classl.U): |
949 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FP_CLASSL symbol, which | |
950 | indicates to the C program that the fp_classl() routine is available. | |
951 | ||
781b178c JH |
952 | d_fpathconf (d_pathconf.U): |
953 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPATHCONF symbol, which | |
954 | indicates to the C program that the pathconf() routine is available | |
955 | to determine file-system related limits and options associated | |
956 | with a given open file descriptor. | |
957 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
958 | d_fpclass (d_fpclass.U): |
959 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPCLASS symbol, which | |
960 | indicates to the C program that the fpclass() routine is available. | |
961 | ||
962 | d_fpclassify (d_fpclassify.U): | |
963 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPCLASSIFY symbol, which | |
964 | indicates to the C program that the fpclassify() routine is available. | |
965 | ||
966 | d_fpclassl (d_fpclassl.U): | |
967 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPCLASSL symbol, which | |
968 | indicates to the C program that the fpclassl() routine is available. | |
969 | ||
4c1a9b0c | 970 | d_fpgetround (d_fpgetround.U): |
d0166596 MB |
971 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FPGETROUND if fpgetround() |
972 | is available to get the floating point rounding mode. | |
4c1a9b0c | 973 | |
c890dc6c | 974 | d_fpos64_t (d_fpos64_t.U): |
ca24dfc6 | 975 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. |
781b178c | 976 | |
ecb44b8e MB |
977 | d_freelocale (d_newlocale.U): |
978 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FREELOCALE symbol, which | |
979 | indicates to the C program that the freelocale() routine is available | |
980 | to deallocates the resources associated with a locale object. | |
981 | ||
a3540c92 JH |
982 | d_frexpl (d_frexpl.U): |
983 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FREXPL symbol, which | |
984 | indicates to the C program that the frexpl() routine is available. | |
985 | ||
ea442100 JH |
986 | d_fs_data_s (d_fs_data_s.U): |
987 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA symbol, | |
988 | which indicates that the struct fs_data is supported. | |
989 | ||
781b178c JH |
990 | d_fseeko (d_fseeko.U): |
991 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSEEKO symbol, which | |
992 | indicates to the C program that the fseeko() routine is available. | |
993 | ||
781b178c JH |
994 | d_fsetpos (d_fsetpos.U): |
995 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_FSETPOS if fsetpos() is | |
996 | available to set the file position indicator. | |
997 | ||
ea442100 JH |
998 | d_fstatfs (d_fstatfs.U): |
999 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSTATFS symbol, which | |
1000 | indicates to the C program that the fstatfs() routine is available. | |
1001 | ||
1002 | d_fstatvfs (d_statvfs.U): | |
1003 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSTATVFS symbol, which | |
1004 | indicates to the C program that the fstatvfs() routine is available. | |
1005 | ||
411ab01c JH |
1006 | d_fsync (d_fsync.U): |
1007 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSYNC symbol, which | |
1008 | indicates to the C program that the fsync() routine is available. | |
1009 | ||
781b178c JH |
1010 | d_ftello (d_ftello.U): |
1011 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FTELLO symbol, which | |
1012 | indicates to the C program that the ftello() routine is available. | |
1013 | ||
1014 | d_ftime (d_ftime.U): | |
1015 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FTIME symbol, which indicates | |
1016 | that the ftime() routine exists. The ftime() routine is basically | |
1017 | a sub-second accuracy clock. | |
1018 | ||
df4c34dc | 1019 | d_futimes (d_futimes.U): |
dc814df1 MB |
1020 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FUTIMES symbol, which |
1021 | indicates to the C program that the futimes() routine is available. | |
1022 | ||
0cc74f39 MB |
1023 | d_gai_strerror (d_gai_strerror.U): |
1024 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GAI_STRERROR symbol | |
1025 | if the gai_strerror() routine is available and can be used to | |
1026 | translate error codes returned by getaddrinfo() into human | |
1027 | readable strings. | |
1028 | ||
4d54317a JH |
1029 | d_Gconvert (d_gconvert.U): |
1030 | This variable holds what Gconvert is defined as to convert | |
1031 | floating point numbers into strings. By default, Configure | |
1032 | sets this macro to use the first of gconvert, gcvt, or sprintf | |
1332606d | 1033 | that pass sprintf-%g-like behavior tests. If perl is using |
4d54317a JH |
1034 | long doubles, the macro uses the first of the following |
1035 | functions that pass Configure's tests: qgcvt, sprintf (if | |
1036 | Configure knows how to make sprintf format long doubles--see | |
635aebb7 AL |
1037 | sPRIgldbl), gconvert, gcvt, and sprintf (casting to double). |
1038 | The gconvert_preference and gconvert_ld_preference variables | |
4d54317a | 1039 | can be used to alter Configure's preferences, for doubles and |
635aebb7 AL |
1040 | long doubles, respectively. If present, they contain a |
1041 | space-separated list of one or more of the above function | |
4d54317a JH |
1042 | names in the order they should be tried. |
1043 | ||
1044 | d_Gconvert may be set to override Configure with a platform- | |
1045 | specific function. If this function expects a double, a | |
1046 | different value may need to be set by the uselongdouble.cbu | |
1047 | call-back unit so that long doubles can be formatted without | |
1048 | loss of precision. | |
1049 | ||
e74475c7 MHM |
1050 | d_gdbm_ndbm_h_uses_prototypes (i_ndbm.U): |
1051 | This variable conditionally defines the NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES symbol, | |
1052 | which indicates that the gdbm-ndbm.h include file uses real ANSI C | |
1053 | prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations. K&R style | |
1054 | declarations are unsupported in C++, so the include file requires | |
1055 | special handling when using a C++ compiler and this variable is | |
1056 | undefined. Consult the different d_*ndbm_h_uses_prototypes variables | |
1057 | to get the same information for alternative ndbm.h include files. | |
1058 | ||
1059 | d_gdbmndbm_h_uses_prototypes (i_ndbm.U): | |
1060 | This variable conditionally defines the NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES symbol, | |
1061 | which indicates that the gdbm/ndbm.h include file uses real ANSI C | |
1062 | prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations. K&R style | |
1063 | declarations are unsupported in C++, so the include file requires | |
1064 | special handling when using a C++ compiler and this variable is | |
1065 | undefined. Consult the different d_*ndbm_h_uses_prototypes variables | |
1066 | to get the same information for alternative ndbm.h include files. | |
1067 | ||
5086dff9 MB |
1068 | d_getaddrinfo (d_getaddrinfo.U): |
1069 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETADDRINFO symbol, | |
1070 | which indicates to the C program that the getaddrinfo() function | |
1071 | is available. | |
1072 | ||
49dabb45 JH |
1073 | d_getcwd (d_getcwd.U): |
1074 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETCWD symbol, which | |
1075 | indicates to the C program that the getcwd() routine is available | |
1076 | to get the current working directory. | |
1077 | ||
3813c136 JH |
1078 | d_getespwnam (d_getespwnam.U): |
1079 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETESPWNAM if getespwnam() is | |
47e01c32 | 1080 | available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name. |
3813c136 | 1081 | |
ea442100 JH |
1082 | d_getfsstat (d_getfsstat.U): |
1083 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETFSSTAT symbol, which | |
1084 | indicates to the C program that the getfsstat() routine is available. | |
1085 | ||
781b178c JH |
1086 | d_getgrent (d_getgrent.U): |
1087 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRENT symbol, which | |
1088 | indicates to the C program that the getgrent() routine is available | |
1089 | for sequential access of the group database. | |
1090 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1091 | d_getgrent_r (d_getgrent_r.U): |
1092 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRENT_R symbol, | |
1093 | which indicates to the C program that the getgrent_r() | |
1094 | routine is available. | |
1095 | ||
1096 | d_getgrgid_r (d_getgrgid_r.U): | |
1097 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRGID_R symbol, | |
1098 | which indicates to the C program that the getgrgid_r() | |
1099 | routine is available. | |
1100 | ||
1101 | d_getgrnam_r (d_getgrnam_r.U): | |
1102 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRNAM_R symbol, | |
1103 | which indicates to the C program that the getgrnam_r() | |
1104 | routine is available. | |
1105 | ||
781b178c JH |
1106 | d_getgrps (d_getgrps.U): |
1107 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGROUPS symbol, which | |
1108 | indicates to the C program that the getgroups() routine is available | |
1109 | to get the list of process groups. | |
1110 | ||
1111 | d_gethbyaddr (d_gethbyad.U): | |
1112 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR symbol, which | |
1113 | indicates to the C program that the gethostbyaddr() routine is available | |
1114 | to look up hosts by their IP addresses. | |
1115 | ||
1116 | d_gethbyname (d_gethbynm.U): | |
1117 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME symbol, which | |
1118 | indicates to the C program that the gethostbyname() routine is available | |
1119 | to look up host names in some data base or other. | |
1120 | ||
1121 | d_gethent (d_gethent.U): | |
1122 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETHOSTENT if gethostent() is | |
1123 | available to look up host names in some data base or another. | |
1124 | ||
1125 | d_gethname (d_gethname.U): | |
1126 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTNAME symbol, which | |
1127 | indicates to the C program that the gethostname() routine may be | |
1128 | used to derive the host name. | |
1129 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1130 | d_gethostbyaddr_r (d_gethostbyaddr_r.U): |
1131 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R symbol, | |
1132 | which indicates to the C program that the gethostbyaddr_r() | |
1133 | routine is available. | |
1134 | ||
1135 | d_gethostbyname_r (d_gethostbyname_r.U): | |
1136 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1137 | which indicates to the C program that the gethostbyname_r() | |
1138 | routine is available. | |
1139 | ||
1140 | d_gethostent_r (d_gethostent_r.U): | |
1141 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTENT_R symbol, | |
1142 | which indicates to the C program that the gethostent_r() | |
1143 | routine is available. | |
1144 | ||
781b178c JH |
1145 | d_gethostprotos (d_gethostprotos.U): |
1146 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS symbol, | |
1147 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1148 | prototypes for the various gethost*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1149 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1150 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
1151 | d_getitimer (d_getitimer.U): |
1152 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETITIMER symbol, which | |
1153 | indicates to the C program that the getitimer() routine is available. | |
1154 | ||
781b178c JH |
1155 | d_getlogin (d_getlogin.U): |
1156 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETLOGIN symbol, which | |
1157 | indicates to the C program that the getlogin() routine is available | |
1158 | to get the login name. | |
1159 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1160 | d_getlogin_r (d_getlogin_r.U): |
1161 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETLOGIN_R symbol, | |
1162 | which indicates to the C program that the getlogin_r() | |
1163 | routine is available. | |
1164 | ||
ea442100 JH |
1165 | d_getmnt (d_getmnt.U): |
1166 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETMNT symbol, which | |
1167 | indicates to the C program that the getmnt() routine is available | |
1168 | to retrieve one or more mount info blocks by filename. | |
1169 | ||
1170 | d_getmntent (d_getmntent.U): | |
1171 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETMNTENT symbol, which | |
1172 | indicates to the C program that the getmntent() routine is available | |
1173 | to iterate through mounted files to get their mount info. | |
1174 | ||
5086dff9 MB |
1175 | d_getnameinfo (d_getnameinfo.U): |
1176 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNAMEINFO symbol, | |
1177 | which indicates to the C program that the getnameinfo() function | |
1178 | is available. | |
1179 | ||
781b178c JH |
1180 | d_getnbyaddr (d_getnbyad.U): |
1181 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYADDR symbol, which | |
1182 | indicates to the C program that the getnetbyaddr() routine is available | |
1183 | to look up networks by their IP addresses. | |
1184 | ||
1185 | d_getnbyname (d_getnbynm.U): | |
1186 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYNAME symbol, which | |
1187 | indicates to the C program that the getnetbyname() routine is available | |
1188 | to look up networks by their names. | |
1189 | ||
1190 | d_getnent (d_getnent.U): | |
1191 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETNETENT if getnetent() is | |
1192 | available to look up network names in some data base or another. | |
1193 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1194 | d_getnetbyaddr_r (d_getnetbyaddr_r.U): |
1195 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R symbol, | |
1196 | which indicates to the C program that the getnetbyaddr_r() | |
1197 | routine is available. | |
1198 | ||
1199 | d_getnetbyname_r (d_getnetbyname_r.U): | |
1200 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1201 | which indicates to the C program that the getnetbyname_r() | |
1202 | routine is available. | |
1203 | ||
1204 | d_getnetent_r (d_getnetent_r.U): | |
1205 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETENT_R symbol, | |
1206 | which indicates to the C program that the getnetent_r() | |
1207 | routine is available. | |
1208 | ||
781b178c JH |
1209 | d_getnetprotos (d_getnetprotos.U): |
1210 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNET_PROTOS symbol, | |
1211 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1212 | prototypes for the various getnet*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1213 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1214 | ||
0c0643d0 JH |
1215 | d_getpagsz (d_getpagsz.U): |
1216 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPAGESIZE if getpagesize() | |
1217 | is available to get the system page size. | |
1218 | ||
781b178c | 1219 | d_getpbyname (d_getprotby.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
1220 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME |
1221 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1222 | getprotobyname() routine is available to look up protocols |
1223 | by their name. | |
1224 | ||
1225 | d_getpbynumber (d_getprotby.U): | |
635aebb7 AL |
1226 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER |
1227 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1228 | getprotobynumber() routine is available to look up protocols |
1229 | by their number. | |
1230 | ||
1231 | d_getpent (d_getpent.U): | |
1232 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPROTOENT if getprotoent() is | |
1233 | available to look up protocols in some data base or another. | |
1234 | ||
1235 | d_getpgid (d_getpgid.U): | |
1236 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPGID symbol, which | |
1237 | indicates to the C program that the getpgid(pid) function | |
1238 | is available to get the process group id. | |
1239 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
1240 | d_getpgrp (d_getpgrp.U): |
1241 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPGRP if getpgrp() is | |
1242 | available to get the current process group. | |
1243 | ||
781b178c JH |
1244 | d_getpgrp2 (d_getpgrp2.U): |
1245 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPGRP2 symbol, which | |
1246 | indicates to the C program that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) routine | |
1247 | is available to get the current process group. | |
1248 | ||
781b178c JH |
1249 | d_getppid (d_getppid.U): |
1250 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPPID symbol, which | |
1251 | indicates to the C program that the getppid() routine is available | |
1252 | to get the parent process ID. | |
1253 | ||
1254 | d_getprior (d_getprior.U): | |
1255 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPRIORITY if getpriority() | |
1256 | is available to get a process's priority. | |
1257 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1258 | d_getprotobyname_r (d_getprotobyname_r.U): |
1259 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1260 | which indicates to the C program that the getprotobyname_r() | |
1261 | routine is available. | |
1262 | ||
1263 | d_getprotobynumber_r (d_getprotobynumber_r.U): | |
1264 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R symbol, | |
1265 | which indicates to the C program that the getprotobynumber_r() | |
1266 | routine is available. | |
1267 | ||
1268 | d_getprotoent_r (d_getprotoent_r.U): | |
1269 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOENT_R symbol, | |
1270 | which indicates to the C program that the getprotoent_r() | |
1271 | routine is available. | |
1272 | ||
781b178c JH |
1273 | d_getprotoprotos (d_getprotoprotos.U): |
1274 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS symbol, | |
1275 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1276 | prototypes for the various getproto*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1277 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1278 | ||
3813c136 JH |
1279 | d_getprpwnam (d_getprpwnam.U): |
1280 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPRPWNAM if getprpwnam() is | |
1281 | available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. | |
1282 | ||
781b178c JH |
1283 | d_getpwent (d_getpwent.U): |
1284 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWENT symbol, which | |
1285 | indicates to the C program that the getpwent() routine is available | |
1286 | for sequential access of the passwd database. | |
1287 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1288 | d_getpwent_r (d_getpwent_r.U): |
1289 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWENT_R symbol, | |
1290 | which indicates to the C program that the getpwent_r() | |
1291 | routine is available. | |
1292 | ||
1293 | d_getpwnam_r (d_getpwnam_r.U): | |
1294 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWNAM_R symbol, | |
1295 | which indicates to the C program that the getpwnam_r() | |
1296 | routine is available. | |
1297 | ||
1298 | d_getpwuid_r (d_getpwuid_r.U): | |
1299 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWUID_R symbol, | |
1300 | which indicates to the C program that the getpwuid_r() | |
1301 | routine is available. | |
1302 | ||
781b178c | 1303 | d_getsbyname (d_getsrvby.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
1304 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYNAME |
1305 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1306 | getservbyname() routine is available to look up services |
1307 | by their name. | |
1308 | ||
1309 | d_getsbyport (d_getsrvby.U): | |
635aebb7 AL |
1310 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYPORT |
1311 | symbol, which indicates to the C program that the | |
781b178c JH |
1312 | getservbyport() routine is available to look up services |
1313 | by their port. | |
1314 | ||
1315 | d_getsent (d_getsent.U): | |
1316 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETSERVENT if getservent() is | |
1317 | available to look up network services in some data base or another. | |
1318 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1319 | d_getservbyname_r (d_getservbyname_r.U): |
1320 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R symbol, | |
1321 | which indicates to the C program that the getservbyname_r() | |
1322 | routine is available. | |
1323 | ||
1324 | d_getservbyport_r (d_getservbyport_r.U): | |
1325 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R symbol, | |
1326 | which indicates to the C program that the getservbyport_r() | |
1327 | routine is available. | |
1328 | ||
1329 | d_getservent_r (d_getservent_r.U): | |
1330 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVENT_R symbol, | |
1331 | which indicates to the C program that the getservent_r() | |
1332 | routine is available. | |
1333 | ||
781b178c JH |
1334 | d_getservprotos (d_getservprotos.U): |
1335 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS symbol, | |
1336 | which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies | |
635aebb7 | 1337 | prototypes for the various getserv*() functions. |
781b178c JH |
1338 | See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. |
1339 | ||
781b178c JH |
1340 | d_getspnam (d_getspnam.U): |
1341 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETSPNAM if getspnam() is | |
1342 | available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. | |
1343 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1344 | d_getspnam_r (d_getspnam_r.U): |
1345 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSPNAM_R symbol, | |
1346 | which indicates to the C program that the getspnam_r() | |
1347 | routine is available. | |
1348 | ||
781b178c JH |
1349 | d_gettimeod (d_ftime.U): |
1350 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY symbol, which | |
1351 | indicates that the gettimeofday() system call exists (to obtain a | |
1352 | sub-second accuracy clock). You should probably include <sys/resource.h>. | |
1353 | ||
96938616 MB |
1354 | d_gmtime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
1355 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GMTIME64 symbol, which | |
1356 | indicates to the C program that the gmtime64 () routine is available. | |
1357 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1358 | d_gmtime_r (d_gmtime_r.U): |
1359 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GMTIME_R symbol, | |
1360 | which indicates to the C program that the gmtime_r() | |
1361 | routine is available. | |
1362 | ||
781b178c JH |
1363 | d_gnulibc (d_gnulibc.U): |
1364 | Defined if we're dealing with the GNU C Library. | |
1365 | ||
1366 | d_grpasswd (i_grp.U): | |
1367 | This variable conditionally defines GRPASSWD, which indicates | |
1368 | that struct group in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. | |
1369 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
1370 | d_has_C_UTF8 (d_setlocale.U): |
1371 | This variable is set to either "true" or "false" depending on | |
1372 | whether the compilation system supports the C.UTF-8 locale. | |
1373 | ||
ea442100 JH |
1374 | d_hasmntopt (d_hasmntopt.U): |
1375 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_HASMNTOPT symbol, which | |
1376 | indicates to the C program that the hasmntopt() routine is available | |
1377 | to query the mount options of file systems. | |
1378 | ||
781b178c JH |
1379 | d_htonl (d_htonl.U): |
1380 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_HTONL if htonl() and its | |
1381 | friends are available to do network order byte swapping. | |
1382 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1383 | d_hypot (d_hypot.U): |
1384 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_HYPOT if hypot is available | |
1385 | for numerically stable hypotenuse function. | |
1386 | ||
1387 | d_ilogb (d_ilogb.U): | |
1388 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ILOGB symbol, which | |
1389 | indicates to the C program that the ilogb() routine is available | |
1390 | for extracting the exponent of double x as a signed integer. | |
1391 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
1392 | d_ilogbl (d_ilogbl.U): |
1393 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ILOGBL symbol, which | |
427d28ce JH |
1394 | indicates to the C program that the ilogbl() routine is available |
1395 | for extracting the exponent of long double x as a signed integer. | |
5c567d7d JH |
1396 | If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. |
1397 | ||
c95d0e17 GA |
1398 | d_inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U): |
1399 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST. | |
1400 | It is set to undef when PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST is empty. | |
1401 | ||
781b178c JH |
1402 | d_inetaton (d_inetaton.U): |
1403 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_INET_ATON symbol, which | |
1404 | indicates to the C program that the inet_aton() function is available | |
1405 | to parse IP address "dotted-quad" strings. | |
1406 | ||
5086dff9 MB |
1407 | d_inetntop (d_inetntop.U): |
1408 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_INETNTOP symbol, | |
1409 | which indicates to the C program that the inet_ntop() function | |
1410 | is available. | |
1411 | ||
1412 | d_inetpton (d_inetpton.U): | |
1413 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_INETPTON symbol, | |
1414 | which indicates to the C program that the inet_pton() function | |
1415 | is available. | |
1416 | ||
13b3f787 | 1417 | d_int64_t (d_int64_t.U): |
781b178c JH |
1418 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. |
1419 | ||
122b9bf4 MB |
1420 | d_ip_mreq (d_socket.U): |
1421 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IP_MREQ symbol, which | |
1422 | indicates the availability of a struct ip_mreq. | |
1423 | ||
3e06601f MB |
1424 | d_ip_mreq_source (d_socket.U): |
1425 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE symbol, | |
1426 | which indicates the availability of a struct ip_mreq_source. | |
1427 | ||
18126d98 MB |
1428 | d_ipv6_mreq (d_socket.U): |
1429 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IPV6_MREQ symbol, which | |
1430 | indicates the availability of a struct ipv6_mreq. | |
1431 | ||
3e06601f MB |
1432 | d_ipv6_mreq_source (d_socket.U): |
1433 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE symbol, | |
1434 | which indicates the availability of a struct ipv6_mreq_source. | |
1435 | ||
781b178c JH |
1436 | d_isascii (d_isascii.U): |
1437 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISASCII constant, | |
1438 | which indicates to the C program that isascii() is available. | |
1439 | ||
269a7913 MB |
1440 | d_isblank (d_isblank.U): |
1441 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISBLANK constant, | |
1442 | which indicates to the C program that isblank() is available. | |
1443 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
1444 | d_isfinite (d_isfinite.U): |
1445 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISFINITE symbol, which | |
1446 | indicates to the C program that the isfinite() routine is available. | |
1447 | ||
fa484e60 JH |
1448 | d_isfinitel (d_isfinitel.U): |
1449 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISFINITEL symbol, which | |
1450 | indicates to the C program that the isfinitel() routine is available. | |
1451 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
1452 | d_isinf (d_isinf.U): |
1453 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISINF symbol, which | |
1454 | indicates to the C program that the isinf() routine is available. | |
1455 | ||
fa484e60 JH |
1456 | d_isinfl (d_isinfl.U): |
1457 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISINFL symbol, which | |
1458 | indicates to the C program that the isinfl() routine is available. | |
1459 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
1460 | d_isless (d_isless.U): |
1461 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISLESS symbol, which | |
1462 | indicates to the C program that the isless() routine is available. | |
1463 | ||
a3540c92 JH |
1464 | d_isnan (d_isnan.U): |
1465 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNAN symbol, which | |
1466 | indicates to the C program that the isnan() routine is available. | |
1467 | ||
1468 | d_isnanl (d_isnanl.U): | |
1469 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNANL symbol, which | |
1470 | indicates to the C program that the isnanl() routine is available. | |
1471 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
1472 | d_isnormal (d_isnormal.U): |
1473 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNORMAL symbol, which | |
1474 | indicates to the C program that the isnormal() routine is available. | |
1475 | ||
4671125a | 1476 | d_j0 (d_j0.U): |
4671125a JH |
1477 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_J0 symbol, which |
1478 | indicates to the C program that the j0() routine is available. | |
1479 | ||
d0166596 | 1480 | d_j0l (d_j0.U): |
4671125a JH |
1481 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_J0L symbol, which |
1482 | indicates to the C program that the j0l() routine is available. | |
1483 | ||
781b178c JH |
1484 | d_killpg (d_killpg.U): |
1485 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_KILLPG symbol, which | |
1486 | indicates to the C program that the killpg() routine is available | |
1487 | to kill process groups. | |
1488 | ||
b15c1b56 AF |
1489 | d_lc_monetary_2008 (d_lc_monetary_2008.U): |
1490 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LC_MONETARY_2008 if libc | |
1491 | has the international currency locale rules from POSIX | |
1492 | 1003.1-2008. | |
1493 | ||
781b178c JH |
1494 | d_lchown (d_lchown.U): |
1495 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LCHOWN symbol, which | |
1496 | indicates to the C program that the lchown() routine is available | |
1497 | to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the link). | |
1498 | ||
ca24dfc6 LV |
1499 | d_ldbl_dig (d_ldbl_dig.U): |
1500 | This variable conditionally defines d_ldbl_dig if this system's | |
1501 | header files provide LDBL_DIG, which is the number of significant | |
1502 | digits in a long double precision number. | |
1503 | ||
db8b8c75 | 1504 | d_ldexpl (d_longdbl.U): |
688e39e5 JH |
1505 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LDEXPL symbol, which |
1506 | indicates to the C program that the ldexpl() routine is available. | |
1507 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1508 | d_lgamma (d_lgamma.U): |
1509 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LGAMMA symbol, which | |
1510 | indicates to the C program that the lgamma() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1511 | for the log gamma function. See also d_tgamma and d_lgamma_r. |
427d28ce JH |
1512 | |
1513 | d_lgamma_r (d_lgamma_r.U): | |
1514 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LGAMMA_R symbol, which | |
f40bbcbf MB |
1515 | indicates to the C program that the lgamma_r() routine is available |
1516 | for the log gamma function, without using the global signgam variable. | |
427d28ce | 1517 | |
df4c34dc MB |
1518 | d_libm_lib_version (d_libm_lib_version.U): |
1519 | This variable conditionally defines the LIBM_LIB_VERSION symbol, | |
1520 | which indicates to the C program that math.h defines _LIB_VERSION | |
1521 | being available in libm | |
1522 | ||
56b575b9 MB |
1523 | d_libname_unique (so.U): |
1524 | This variable is defined if the target system insists on unique | |
1525 | basenames for shared library files. This is currently true on Android, | |
1526 | false everywhere else we know of. | |
1527 | Defaults to 'undef'. | |
1528 | ||
781b178c JH |
1529 | d_link (d_link.U): |
1530 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LINK if link() is | |
1531 | available to create hard links. | |
1532 | ||
3c29c5aa | 1533 | d_linkat (d_fsat.U): |
d226c0a2 TC |
1534 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LINKAT symbol, which |
1535 | indicates the POSIX linkat() function is available. | |
1536 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1537 | d_llrint (d_llrint.U): |
1538 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLRINT symbol, which | |
1539 | indicates to the C program that the llrint() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 MB |
1540 | to return the long long value closest to a double (according |
1541 | to the current rounding mode). | |
427d28ce | 1542 | |
bc580dd3 JH |
1543 | d_llrintl (d_llrintl.U): |
1544 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLRINTL symbol, which | |
1545 | indicates to the C program that the llrintl() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 MB |
1546 | to return the long long value closest to a long double (according |
1547 | to the current rounding mode). | |
bc580dd3 | 1548 | |
427d28ce JH |
1549 | d_llround (d_llround.U): |
1550 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLROUND symbol, which | |
1551 | indicates to the C program that the llround() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1552 | to return the long long value nearest to x. |
427d28ce | 1553 | |
bc580dd3 JH |
1554 | d_llroundl (d_llroundl.U): |
1555 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LLROUNDL symbol, which | |
1556 | indicates to the C program that the llroundl() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 | 1557 | to return the long long value nearest to x away from zero. |
bc580dd3 | 1558 | |
7e03b2e3 MB |
1559 | d_localeconv_l (d_localeconv_l.U): |
1560 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOCALECONV_L symbol, which | |
1561 | indicates to the C program that the localeconv_l() routine is available. | |
1562 | ||
96938616 MB |
1563 | d_localtime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
1564 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOCALTIME64 symbol, which | |
1565 | indicates to the C program that the localtime64 () routine is available. | |
1566 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
1567 | d_localtime_r (d_localtime_r.U): |
1568 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOCALTIME_R symbol, | |
1569 | which indicates to the C program that the localtime_r() | |
1570 | routine is available. | |
1571 | ||
f025e94b MB |
1572 | d_localtime_r_needs_tzset (d_localtime_r.U): |
1573 | This variable conditionally defines the LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET | |
1574 | symbol, which makes us call tzset before localtime_r() | |
1575 | ||
781b178c JH |
1576 | d_locconv (d_locconv.U): |
1577 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LOCALECONV if localeconv() is | |
1578 | available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions. | |
1579 | ||
781b178c JH |
1580 | d_lockf (d_lockf.U): |
1581 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LOCKF if lockf() is | |
1582 | available to do file locking. | |
1583 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1584 | d_log1p (d_log1p.U): |
1585 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOG1P symbol, which | |
1586 | indicates to the C program that the logp1() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1587 | to compute log(1 + x) for values of x close to zero. |
427d28ce JH |
1588 | |
1589 | d_log2 (d_log2.U): | |
1590 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOG2 symbol, which | |
1591 | indicates to the C program that the log2() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1592 | to compute log base two. |
427d28ce JH |
1593 | |
1594 | d_logb (d_logb.U): | |
1595 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LOGB symbol, which | |
1596 | indicates to the C program that the logb() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1597 | to extract the exponent of x. |
427d28ce | 1598 | |
4cb05021 JH |
1599 | d_long_double_style_ieee (d_longdbl.U): |
1600 | This variable conditionally defines LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE | |
1601 | if the long double is any of the IEEE 754 style long doubles: | |
1602 | LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD, LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED, | |
1603 | LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE. | |
1604 | ||
1605 | d_long_double_style_ieee_doubledouble (d_longdbl.U): | |
1606 | This variable conditionally defines LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE | |
1607 | if the long double is the 128-bit IEEE 754 double-double. | |
1608 | ||
1609 | d_long_double_style_ieee_extended (d_longdbl.U): | |
1610 | This variable conditionally defines LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED | |
1611 | if the long double is the 80-bit IEEE 754 extended precision. | |
1612 | Note that despite the 'extended' this is less than the 'std', | |
f1460a66 | 1613 | since this is an extension of the double precision. |
4cb05021 JH |
1614 | |
1615 | d_long_double_style_ieee_std (d_longdbl.U): | |
1616 | This variable conditionally defines LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD | |
1617 | if the long double is the 128-bit IEEE 754. | |
1618 | ||
1619 | d_long_double_style_vax (d_longdbl.U): | |
1620 | This variable conditionally defines LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX | |
1621 | if the long double is the 128-bit VAX format H. | |
1622 | ||
3c29c5aa MB |
1623 | d_longdbl (d_longdbl.U): |
1624 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LONG_DOUBLE if | |
1625 | the long double type is supported. | |
1626 | ||
781b178c | 1627 | d_longlong (d_longlong.U): |
635aebb7 | 1628 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LONG_LONG if |
781b178c JH |
1629 | the long long type is supported. |
1630 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1631 | d_lrint (d_lrint.U): |
1632 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LRINT symbol, which | |
1633 | indicates to the C program that the lrint() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 MB |
1634 | to return the integral value closest to a double (according |
1635 | to the current rounding mode). | |
427d28ce | 1636 | |
bc580dd3 JH |
1637 | d_lrintl (d_lrintl.U): |
1638 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LRINTL symbol, which | |
1639 | indicates to the C program that the lrintl() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 MB |
1640 | to return the integral value closest to a long double (according |
1641 | to the current rounding mode). | |
bc580dd3 | 1642 | |
427d28ce JH |
1643 | d_lround (d_lround.U): |
1644 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LROUND symbol, which | |
1645 | indicates to the C program that the lround() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 1646 | to return the integral value nearest to x. |
427d28ce | 1647 | |
bc580dd3 JH |
1648 | d_lroundl (d_lroundl.U): |
1649 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LROUNDL symbol, which | |
1650 | indicates to the C program that the lroundl() routine is available | |
2640dfa8 | 1651 | to return the integral value nearest to x away from zero. |
bc580dd3 | 1652 | |
c890dc6c JH |
1653 | d_lseekproto (d_lseekproto.U): |
1654 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LSEEK_PROTO symbol, | |
1655 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
1656 | a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is | |
1657 | up to the program to supply one. | |
1658 | ||
781b178c JH |
1659 | d_lstat (d_lstat.U): |
1660 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_LSTAT if lstat() is | |
1661 | available to do file stats on symbolic links. | |
1662 | ||
792d8dab JH |
1663 | d_madvise (d_madvise.U): |
1664 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MADVISE if madvise() is | |
1665 | available to map a file into memory. | |
1666 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
1667 | d_malloc_good_size (d_malloc_size.U): |
1668 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size | |
7dd121ae MB |
1669 | routine is available for use. |
1670 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
1671 | d_malloc_size (d_malloc_size.U): |
1672 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size | |
7dd121ae MB |
1673 | routine is available for use. |
1674 | ||
4852e23a DIM |
1675 | d_malloc_usable_size (d_malloc_size.U): |
1676 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_usable_size | |
1677 | routine is available for use. | |
1678 | ||
781b178c JH |
1679 | d_mblen (d_mblen.U): |
1680 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBLEN symbol, which | |
1681 | indicates to the C program that the mblen() routine is available | |
f1460a66 | 1682 | to find the number of bytes in a multibyte character. |
781b178c | 1683 | |
7e03b2e3 MB |
1684 | d_mbrlen (d_mbrlen.U): |
1685 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBRLEN symbol if the | |
1686 | mbrlen() routine is available to be used to get the length of | |
1687 | multi-byte character strings. | |
1688 | ||
1689 | d_mbrtowc (d_mbrtowc.U): | |
1690 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBRTOWC symbol if the | |
1691 | mbrtowc() routine is available to be used to convert a multi-byte | |
1692 | character into a wide character. | |
1693 | ||
781b178c JH |
1694 | d_mbstowcs (d_mbstowcs.U): |
1695 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBSTOWCS symbol, which | |
1696 | indicates to the C program that the mbstowcs() routine is available | |
1697 | to convert a multibyte string into a wide character string. | |
1698 | ||
1699 | d_mbtowc (d_mbtowc.U): | |
1700 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBTOWC symbol, which | |
1701 | indicates to the C program that the mbtowc() routine is available | |
1702 | to convert multibyte to a wide character. | |
781b178c | 1703 | |
3879c54d MB |
1704 | d_memmem (d_memmem.U): |
1705 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMMEM symbol, which | |
1706 | indicates to the C program that the memmem() routine is available | |
f1460a66 | 1707 | to return a pointer to the start of the first occurrence of a |
3879c54d MB |
1708 | substring in a memory area (or NULL if not found). |
1709 | ||
28ebb8fb DIM |
1710 | d_memrchr (d_memrchr.U): |
1711 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMRCHR symbol, which | |
1712 | indicates to the C program that the memrchr() routine is available | |
1713 | to return a pointer to the last occurrence of a byte in a memory | |
1714 | area (or NULL if not found). | |
1715 | ||
781b178c JH |
1716 | d_mkdir (d_mkdir.U): |
1717 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKDIR symbol, which | |
1718 | indicates to the C program that the mkdir() routine is available | |
209e5c0a | 1719 | to create directories.. |
781b178c | 1720 | |
fe749a9f JH |
1721 | d_mkdtemp (d_mkdtemp.U): |
1722 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKDTEMP symbol, which | |
1723 | indicates to the C program that the mkdtemp() routine is available | |
1724 | to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. | |
1725 | ||
781b178c JH |
1726 | d_mkfifo (d_mkfifo.U): |
1727 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKFIFO symbol, which | |
1728 | indicates to the C program that the mkfifo() routine is available. | |
1729 | ||
226394c3 | 1730 | d_mkostemp (d_mkostemp.U): |
dfaa7b30 MB |
1731 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MKOSTEMP if mkostemp() is |
1732 | available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named (with a | |
1733 | suffix) temporary file. | |
226394c3 | 1734 | |
fe749a9f JH |
1735 | d_mkstemp (d_mkstemp.U): |
1736 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKSTEMP symbol, which | |
1737 | indicates to the C program that the mkstemp() routine is available | |
1738 | to exclusively create and open a uniquely named temporary file. | |
1739 | ||
1740 | d_mkstemps (d_mkstemps.U): | |
1741 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKSTEMPS symbol, which | |
1742 | indicates to the C program that the mkstemps() routine is available | |
1743 | to exclusively create and open a uniquely named (with a suffix) | |
1744 | temporary file. | |
1745 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
1746 | d_mktime (d_mktime.U): |
1747 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKTIME symbol, which | |
1748 | indicates to the C program that the mktime() routine is available. | |
1749 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
1750 | d_mktime64 (d_timefuncs64.U): |
1751 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKTIME64 symbol, which | |
1752 | indicates to the C program that the mktime64 () routine is available. | |
1753 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
1754 | d_mmap (d_mmap.U): |
1755 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MMAP if mmap() is | |
1756 | available to map a file into memory. | |
1757 | ||
a3540c92 JH |
1758 | d_modfl (d_modfl.U): |
1759 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MODFL symbol, which | |
1760 | indicates to the C program that the modfl() routine is available. | |
1761 | ||
44b94491 MB |
1762 | d_modflproto (d_modfl.U): |
1763 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides | |
1764 | a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up | |
1765 | to the program to supply one. C99 says it should be | |
1766 | long double modfl(long double, long double *); | |
1767 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
1768 | d_mprotect (d_mprotect.U): |
1769 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MPROTECT if mprotect() is | |
1770 | available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. | |
1771 | ||
781b178c JH |
1772 | d_msg (d_msg.U): |
1773 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG symbol, which | |
1774 | indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is present. | |
1775 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
1776 | d_msg_ctrunc (d_socket.U): |
1777 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_CTRUNC symbol, | |
1778 | which indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is available. #ifdef is | |
1779 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1780 | ||
1781 | d_msg_dontroute (d_socket.U): | |
1782 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE symbol, | |
1783 | which indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is available. #ifdef is | |
1784 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1785 | ||
1786 | d_msg_oob (d_socket.U): | |
1787 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_OOB symbol, | |
1788 | which indicates that the MSG_OOB is available. #ifdef is | |
1789 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1790 | ||
1791 | d_msg_peek (d_socket.U): | |
1792 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_PEEK symbol, | |
1793 | which indicates that the MSG_PEEK is available. #ifdef is | |
1794 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1795 | ||
1796 | d_msg_proxy (d_socket.U): | |
1797 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_PROXY symbol, | |
1798 | which indicates that the MSG_PROXY is available. #ifdef is | |
1799 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
1800 | ||
781b178c JH |
1801 | d_msgctl (d_msgctl.U): |
1802 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGCTL symbol, which | |
1803 | indicates to the C program that the msgctl() routine is available. | |
1804 | ||
1805 | d_msgget (d_msgget.U): | |
1806 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGGET symbol, which | |
1807 | indicates to the C program that the msgget() routine is available. | |
1808 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
1809 | d_msghdr_s (d_msghdr_s.U): |
1810 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR symbol, | |
1811 | which indicates that the struct msghdr is supported. | |
1812 | ||
781b178c JH |
1813 | d_msgrcv (d_msgrcv.U): |
1814 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGRCV symbol, which | |
1815 | indicates to the C program that the msgrcv() routine is available. | |
1816 | ||
1817 | d_msgsnd (d_msgsnd.U): | |
1818 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGSND symbol, which | |
1819 | indicates to the C program that the msgsnd() routine is available. | |
1820 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
1821 | d_msync (d_msync.U): |
1822 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MSYNC if msync() is | |
1823 | available to synchronize a mapped file. | |
1824 | ||
1825 | d_munmap (d_munmap.U): | |
1826 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_MUNMAP if munmap() is | |
1827 | available to unmap a region mapped by mmap(). | |
1828 | ||
781b178c JH |
1829 | d_mymalloc (mallocsrc.U): |
1830 | This variable conditionally defines MYMALLOC in case other parts | |
1831 | of the source want to take special action if MYMALLOC is used. | |
1832 | This may include different sorts of profiling or error detection. | |
1833 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1834 | d_nan (d_nan.U): |
1835 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NAN if nan() is | |
1836 | available to generate NaN. | |
1837 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
1838 | d_nanosleep (d_nanosleep.U): |
1839 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NANOSLEEP | |
1840 | if nanosleep() is available to sleep with 1E-9 sec accuracy. | |
1841 | ||
a33f2d9f AD |
1842 | d_ndbm (i_ndbm.U): |
1843 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NDBM symbol, which | |
1844 | indicates that both the ndbm.h include file and an appropriate ndbm | |
1845 | library exist. Consult the different i_*ndbm variables | |
1846 | to find out the actual include location. Sometimes, a system has the | |
1847 | header file but not the library. This variable will only be set if | |
1848 | the system has both. | |
1849 | ||
e74475c7 MHM |
1850 | d_ndbm_h_uses_prototypes (i_ndbm.U): |
1851 | This variable conditionally defines the NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES symbol, | |
1852 | which indicates that the ndbm.h include file uses real ANSI C | |
1853 | prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations. K&R style | |
1854 | declarations are unsupported in C++, so the include file requires | |
1855 | special handling when using a C++ compiler and this variable is | |
1856 | undefined. Consult the different d_*ndbm_h_uses_prototypes variables | |
1857 | to get the same information for alternative ndbm.h include files. | |
1858 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1859 | d_nearbyint (d_nearbyint.U): |
1860 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NEARBYINT if nearbyint() | |
1861 | is available to return the integral value closest to (according to | |
1862 | the current rounding mode) to x. | |
1863 | ||
ecb44b8e MB |
1864 | d_newlocale (d_newlocale.U): |
1865 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NEWLOCALE symbol, which | |
1866 | indicates to the C program that the newlocale() routine is available | |
1867 | to return a new locale object or modify an existing locale object. | |
1868 | ||
427d28ce JH |
1869 | d_nextafter (d_nextafter.U): |
1870 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NEXTAFTER if nextafter() | |
1871 | is available to return the next machine representable double from | |
1872 | x in direction y. | |
1873 | ||
1874 | d_nexttoward (d_nexttoward.U): | |
1875 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_NEXTTOWARD if nexttoward() | |
1876 | is available to return the next machine representable long double from | |
1877 | x in direction y. | |
1878 | ||
781b178c JH |
1879 | d_nice (d_nice.U): |
1880 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NICE symbol, which | |
1881 | indicates to the C program that the nice() routine is available. | |
1882 | ||
2765b840 JH |
1883 | d_nl_langinfo (d_nl_langinfo.U): |
1884 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NL_LANGINFO symbol, which | |
1885 | indicates to the C program that the nl_langinfo() routine is available. | |
1886 | ||
78691af5 | 1887 | d_nv_preserves_uv (perlxv.U): |
cce08f5b JH |
1888 | This variable indicates whether a variable of type nvtype |
1889 | can preserve all the bits a variable of type uvtype. | |
1890 | ||
f607920a CB |
1891 | d_nv_zero_is_allbits_zero (perlxv.U): |
1892 | This variable indicates whether a variable of type nvtype | |
1893 | stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. | |
1894 | ||
c890dc6c | 1895 | d_off64_t (d_off64_t.U): |
781b178c JH |
1896 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. |
1897 | ||
781b178c JH |
1898 | d_old_pthread_create_joinable (d_pthrattrj.U): |
1899 | This variable conditionally defines pthread_create_joinable. | |
1900 | undef if pthread.h defines PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE. | |
1901 | ||
1902 | d_oldpthreads (usethreads.U): | |
1903 | This variable conditionally defines the OLD_PTHREADS_API symbol, | |
1904 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use the old | |
8c09e4ca | 1905 | draft POSIX threads API. This is only potentially meaningful if |
781b178c JH |
1906 | usethreads is set. |
1907 | ||
1908 | d_oldsock (d_socket.U): | |
1909 | This variable conditionally defines the OLDSOCKET symbol, which | |
1910 | indicates that the BSD socket interface is based on 4.1c and not 4.2. | |
1911 | ||
1912 | d_open3 (d_open3.U): | |
1913 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_OPEN3 manifest constant, | |
1914 | which indicates to the C program that the 3 argument version of | |
1915 | the open(2) function is available. | |
1916 | ||
3c29c5aa | 1917 | d_openat (d_fsat.U): |
d226c0a2 TC |
1918 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_OPENAT symbol, which |
1919 | indicates the POSIX openat() function is available. | |
1920 | ||
781b178c JH |
1921 | d_pathconf (d_pathconf.U): |
1922 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PATHCONF symbol, which | |
1923 | indicates to the C program that the pathconf() routine is available | |
1924 | to determine file-system related limits and options associated | |
1925 | with a given filename. | |
1926 | ||
1927 | d_pause (d_pause.U): | |
1928 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PAUSE symbol, which | |
1929 | indicates to the C program that the pause() routine is available | |
1930 | to suspend a process until a signal is received. | |
1931 | ||
3b777bb4 GS |
1932 | d_perl_otherlibdirs (otherlibdirs.U): |
1933 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS, which | |
1934 | contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl binary to | |
1935 | include in @INC. See also otherlibdirs. | |
1936 | ||
781b178c JH |
1937 | d_phostname (d_gethname.U): |
1938 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PHOSTNAME symbol, which | |
1939 | contains the shell command which, when fed to popen(), may be | |
1940 | used to derive the host name. | |
1941 | ||
1942 | d_pipe (d_pipe.U): | |
1943 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PIPE symbol, which | |
1944 | indicates to the C program that the pipe() routine is available | |
1945 | to create an inter-process channel. | |
1946 | ||
5c7252f4 | 1947 | d_pipe2 (d_pipe2.U): |
dfaa7b30 MB |
1948 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PIPE2 symbol, which |
1949 | indicates to the C program that the pipe2() routine is available | |
1950 | to create an inter-process channel. | |
5c7252f4 | 1951 | |
781b178c JH |
1952 | d_poll (d_poll.U): |
1953 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_POLL symbol, which | |
1954 | indicates to the C program that the poll() routine is available | |
1955 | to poll active file descriptors. | |
1956 | ||
1957 | d_portable (d_portable.U): | |
1958 | This variable conditionally defines the PORTABLE symbol, which | |
1959 | indicates to the C program that it should not assume that it is | |
1960 | running on the machine it was compiled on. | |
1961 | ||
c796e3db MB |
1962 | d_prctl (d_prctl.U): |
1963 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PRCTL symbol, which | |
1964 | indicates to the C program that the prctl() routine is available. | |
b75ee85b JH |
1965 | Note that there are at least two prctl variants: Linux and Irix. |
1966 | While they are somewhat similar, they are incompatible. | |
c796e3db | 1967 | |
f918391d MB |
1968 | d_prctl_set_name (d_prctl.U): |
1969 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME symbol, | |
2245bcb6 CB |
1970 | which indicates to the C program that the prctl() routine supports |
1971 | the PR_SET_NAME option. | |
c796e3db | 1972 | |
4d54317a JH |
1973 | d_PRId64 (quadfio.U): |
1974 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRId64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1975 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit decimal numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
1976 | |
1977 | d_PRIeldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1978 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1979 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
1980 | |
1981 | d_PRIEUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1982 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1983 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
1984 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIeldbl so that even |
1985 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
1986 | ||
1987 | d_PRIfldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1988 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1989 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
1990 | |
1991 | d_PRIFUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1992 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1993 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
1994 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIfldbl so that even |
1995 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
1996 | ||
1997 | d_PRIgldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
1998 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 1999 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
2000 | |
2001 | d_PRIGUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
2002 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2003 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. |
4d54317a JH |
2004 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIgldbl so that even |
2005 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
2006 | ||
2007 | d_PRIi64 (quadfio.U): | |
2008 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIi64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2009 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit decimal numbers. |
4d54317a | 2010 | |
066e7355 | 2011 | d_printf_format_null (d_attribut.U): |
dcb594bc MB |
2012 | This variable conditionally defines PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK, which |
2013 | indicates the C compiler allows printf-like formats to be null. | |
2014 | ||
4d54317a JH |
2015 | d_PRIo64 (quadfio.U): |
2016 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIo64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2017 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit octal numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
2018 | |
2019 | d_PRIu64 (quadfio.U): | |
2020 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIu64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2021 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit unsigned decimal |
4d54317a JH |
2022 | numbers. |
2023 | ||
2024 | d_PRIx64 (quadfio.U): | |
2025 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIx64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2026 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit hexadecimal numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
2027 | |
2028 | d_PRIXU64 (quadfio.U): | |
2029 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIXU64 symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2030 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit hExADECimAl numbers. |
4d54317a JH |
2031 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIx64 so that even |
2032 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
2033 | ||
428dc699 JH |
2034 | d_procselfexe (d_procselfexe.U): |
2035 | Defined if $procselfexe is symlink to the absolute | |
2036 | pathname of the executing program. | |
2037 | ||
233e16ce MB |
2038 | d_pseudofork (d_vfork.U): |
2039 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PSEUDOFORK symbol, | |
2040 | which indicates that an emulation of the fork routine is available. | |
2041 | ||
d6483fcc JH |
2042 | d_pthread_atfork (d_pthread_atfork.U): |
2043 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK symbol, | |
2044 | which indicates to the C program that the pthread_atfork() | |
2045 | routine is available. | |
2046 | ||
505656d3 JH |
2047 | d_pthread_attr_setscope (d_pthread_attr_ss.U): |
2048 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE if | |
2049 | pthread_attr_setscope() is available to set the contention scope | |
2050 | attribute of a thread attribute object. | |
2051 | ||
781b178c JH |
2052 | d_pthread_yield (d_pthread_y.U): |
2053 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD | |
2054 | symbol if the pthread_yield routine is available to yield | |
2055 | the execution of the current thread. | |
2056 | ||
0e0c5f82 | 2057 | d_ptrdiff_t (d_ptrdiff_t.U): |
35ab5b73 BF |
2058 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports ptrdiff_t. |
2059 | ||
781b178c JH |
2060 | d_pwage (i_pwd.U): |
2061 | This variable conditionally defines PWAGE, which indicates | |
2062 | that struct passwd contains pw_age. | |
2063 | ||
2064 | d_pwchange (i_pwd.U): | |
2065 | This variable conditionally defines PWCHANGE, which indicates | |
2066 | that struct passwd contains pw_change. | |
2067 | ||
2068 | d_pwclass (i_pwd.U): | |
2069 | This variable conditionally defines PWCLASS, which indicates | |
2070 | that struct passwd contains pw_class. | |
2071 | ||
2072 | d_pwcomment (i_pwd.U): | |
2073 | This variable conditionally defines PWCOMMENT, which indicates | |
2074 | that struct passwd contains pw_comment. | |
2075 | ||
2076 | d_pwexpire (i_pwd.U): | |
2077 | This variable conditionally defines PWEXPIRE, which indicates | |
2078 | that struct passwd contains pw_expire. | |
2079 | ||
2080 | d_pwgecos (i_pwd.U): | |
2081 | This variable conditionally defines PWGECOS, which indicates | |
2082 | that struct passwd contains pw_gecos. | |
2083 | ||
2084 | d_pwpasswd (i_pwd.U): | |
2085 | This variable conditionally defines PWPASSWD, which indicates | |
2086 | that struct passwd contains pw_passwd. | |
2087 | ||
2088 | d_pwquota (i_pwd.U): | |
2089 | This variable conditionally defines PWQUOTA, which indicates | |
2090 | that struct passwd contains pw_quota. | |
2091 | ||
792d8dab JH |
2092 | d_qgcvt (d_qgcvt.U): |
2093 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_QGCVT symbol, which | |
2094 | indicates to the C program that the qgcvt() routine is available. | |
2095 | ||
de1c2614 JH |
2096 | d_quad (quadtype.U): |
2097 | This variable, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, | |
2098 | quadtype. | |
2099 | ||
884c85de MB |
2100 | d_querylocale (d_newlocale.U): |
2101 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_QUERYLOCALE symbol, which | |
2102 | indicates to the C program that the querylocale() routine is available | |
2103 | to return the name of the locale for a category mask. | |
2104 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2105 | d_random_r (d_random_r.U): |
2106 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RANDOM_R symbol, | |
2107 | which indicates to the C program that the random_r() | |
2108 | routine is available. | |
2109 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2110 | d_re_comp (d_regcmp.U): |
2111 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RECOMP symbol, which | |
2112 | indicates to the C program that the re_comp() routine is available | |
4357af6c | 2113 | for regular pattern matching (usually on BSD). If so, it is likely that |
f40bbcbf MB |
2114 | re_exec() exists. |
2115 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
2116 | d_readdir (d_readdir.U): |
2117 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_READDIR if readdir() is | |
2118 | available to read directory entries. | |
2119 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2120 | d_readdir64_r (d_readdir64_r.U): |
2121 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READDIR64_R symbol, | |
2122 | which indicates to the C program that the readdir64_r() | |
2123 | routine is available. | |
2124 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2125 | d_readdir_r (d_readdir_r.U): |
2126 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READDIR_R symbol, | |
2127 | which indicates to the C program that the readdir_r() | |
2128 | routine is available. | |
2129 | ||
781b178c JH |
2130 | d_readlink (d_readlink.U): |
2131 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READLINK symbol, which | |
2132 | indicates to the C program that the readlink() routine is available | |
2133 | to read the value of a symbolic link. | |
2134 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2135 | d_readv (d_readv.U): |
2136 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READV symbol, which | |
2137 | indicates to the C program that the readv() routine is available. | |
2138 | ||
2139 | d_recvmsg (d_recvmsg.U): | |
2140 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RECVMSG symbol, which | |
2141 | indicates to the C program that the recvmsg() routine is available. | |
2142 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2143 | d_regcmp (d_regcmp.U): |
2144 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REGCMP symbol, which | |
2145 | indicates to the C program that the regcmp() routine is available | |
4357af6c | 2146 | for regular pattern matching (usually on System V). |
f40bbcbf MB |
2147 | |
2148 | d_regcomp (d_regcmp.U): | |
2149 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REGCOMP symbol, which | |
2150 | indicates to the C program that the regcomp() routine is available | |
4357af6c | 2151 | for regular pattern matching (usually on POSIX.2 conforming systems). |
f40bbcbf | 2152 | |
427d28ce JH |
2153 | d_remainder (d_remainder.U): |
2154 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REMAINDER symbol, which | |
2155 | indicates to the C program that the remainder() routine is available. | |
2156 | ||
2157 | d_remquo (d_remquo.U): | |
2158 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_REMQUO symbol, which | |
2159 | indicates to the C program that the remquo() routine is available. | |
2160 | ||
781b178c JH |
2161 | d_rename (d_rename.U): |
2162 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RENAME symbol, which | |
2163 | indicates to the C program that the rename() routine is available | |
2164 | to rename files. | |
2165 | ||
3c29c5aa | 2166 | d_renameat (d_fsat.U): |
d226c0a2 TC |
2167 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RENAMEAT symbol, which |
2168 | indicates the POSIX renameat() function is available. | |
2169 | ||
781b178c JH |
2170 | d_rewinddir (d_readdir.U): |
2171 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_REWINDDIR if rewinddir() is | |
2172 | available. | |
2173 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2174 | d_rint (d_rint.U): |
2175 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RINT symbol, which | |
2176 | indicates to the C program that the rint() routine is available. | |
2177 | ||
781b178c JH |
2178 | d_rmdir (d_rmdir.U): |
2179 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_RMDIR if rmdir() is | |
2180 | available to remove directories. | |
2181 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2182 | d_round (d_round.U): |
2183 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ROUND symbol, which | |
2184 | indicates to the C program that the round() routine is available. | |
2185 | ||
ef9f17be JH |
2186 | d_sbrkproto (d_sbrkproto.U): |
2187 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SBRK_PROTO symbol, | |
2188 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2189 | a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2190 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2191 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2192 | d_scalbn (d_scalbn.U): |
2193 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCALBN symbol, which | |
2194 | indicates to the C program that the scalbn() routine is available. | |
2195 | ||
5c567d7d JH |
2196 | d_scalbnl (d_scalbnl.U): |
2197 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCALBNL symbol, which | |
2198 | indicates to the C program that the scalbnl() routine is available. | |
2199 | If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. | |
2200 | ||
781b178c JH |
2201 | d_sched_yield (d_pthread_y.U): |
2202 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCHED_YIELD | |
2203 | symbol if the sched_yield routine is available to yield | |
2204 | the execution of the current thread. | |
2205 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
2206 | d_scm_rights (d_socket.U): |
2207 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCM_RIGHTS symbol, | |
2208 | which indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is available. #ifdef is | |
2209 | not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. | |
2210 | ||
4d54317a JH |
2211 | d_SCNfldbl (longdblfio.U): |
2212 | This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which | |
47e01c32 | 2213 | indicates that stdio has a symbol to scan long doubles. |
4d54317a | 2214 | |
781b178c JH |
2215 | d_seekdir (d_readdir.U): |
2216 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SEEKDIR if seekdir() is | |
2217 | available. | |
2218 | ||
2219 | d_select (d_select.U): | |
2220 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SELECT if select() is | |
2221 | available to select active file descriptors. A <sys/time.h> | |
2222 | inclusion may be necessary for the timeout field. | |
2223 | ||
2224 | d_sem (d_sem.U): | |
2225 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEM symbol, which | |
2226 | indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is present. | |
2227 | ||
2228 | d_semctl (d_semctl.U): | |
2229 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMCTL symbol, which | |
2230 | indicates to the C program that the semctl() routine is available. | |
2231 | ||
2232 | d_semctl_semid_ds (d_union_semun.U): | |
2233 | This variable conditionally defines USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS, which | |
2234 | indicates that struct semid_ds * is to be used for semctl IPC_STAT. | |
2235 | ||
2236 | d_semctl_semun (d_union_semun.U): | |
2237 | This variable conditionally defines USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN, which | |
2238 | indicates that union semun is to be used for semctl IPC_STAT. | |
2239 | ||
2240 | d_semget (d_semget.U): | |
2241 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMGET symbol, which | |
2242 | indicates to the C program that the semget() routine is available. | |
2243 | ||
2244 | d_semop (d_semop.U): | |
2245 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMOP symbol, which | |
2246 | indicates to the C program that the semop() routine is available. | |
2247 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2248 | d_sendmsg (d_sendmsg.U): |
2249 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SENDMSG symbol, which | |
2250 | indicates to the C program that the sendmsg() routine is available. | |
2251 | ||
781b178c JH |
2252 | d_setegid (d_setegid.U): |
2253 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETEGID symbol, which | |
2254 | indicates to the C program that the setegid() routine is available | |
2255 | to change the effective gid of the current program. | |
2256 | ||
2257 | d_seteuid (d_seteuid.U): | |
2258 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETEUID symbol, which | |
2259 | indicates to the C program that the seteuid() routine is available | |
2260 | to change the effective uid of the current program. | |
2261 | ||
2262 | d_setgrent (d_setgrent.U): | |
2263 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGRENT symbol, which | |
2264 | indicates to the C program that the setgrent() routine is available | |
2265 | for initializing sequential access to the group database. | |
2266 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2267 | d_setgrent_r (d_setgrent_r.U): |
2268 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGRENT_R symbol, | |
2269 | which indicates to the C program that the setgrent_r() | |
2270 | routine is available. | |
2271 | ||
781b178c JH |
2272 | d_setgrps (d_setgrps.U): |
2273 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGROUPS symbol, which | |
2274 | indicates to the C program that the setgroups() routine is available | |
2275 | to set the list of process groups. | |
2276 | ||
2277 | d_sethent (d_sethent.U): | |
2278 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETHOSTENT if sethostent() is | |
2279 | available. | |
2280 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2281 | d_sethostent_r (d_sethostent_r.U): |
2282 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETHOSTENT_R symbol, | |
2283 | which indicates to the C program that the sethostent_r() | |
2284 | routine is available. | |
2285 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2286 | d_setitimer (d_setitimer.U): |
2287 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETITIMER symbol, which | |
2288 | indicates to the C program that the setitimer() routine is available. | |
2289 | ||
781b178c JH |
2290 | d_setlinebuf (d_setlnbuf.U): |
2291 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETLINEBUF symbol, which | |
2292 | indicates to the C program that the setlinebuf() routine is available | |
2293 | to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered to a | |
2294 | line-buffered mode. | |
2295 | ||
2296 | d_setlocale (d_setlocale.U): | |
2297 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETLOCALE if setlocale() is | |
2298 | available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations. | |
2299 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
2300 | d_setlocale_accepts_any_locale_name (d_setlocale.U): |
2301 | This variable conditionally defines SETLOCALE_ACCEPTS_ANY_LOCALE_NAME | |
2302 | if setlocale() accepts any locale name. | |
2303 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2304 | d_setlocale_r (d_setlocale_r.U): |
2305 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETLOCALE_R symbol, | |
2306 | which indicates to the C program that the setlocale_r() | |
2307 | routine is available. | |
2308 | ||
781b178c JH |
2309 | d_setnent (d_setnent.U): |
2310 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETNETENT if setnetent() is | |
2311 | available. | |
2312 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2313 | d_setnetent_r (d_setnetent_r.U): |
2314 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETNETENT_R symbol, | |
2315 | which indicates to the C program that the setnetent_r() | |
2316 | routine is available. | |
2317 | ||
781b178c JH |
2318 | d_setpent (d_setpent.U): |
2319 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPROTOENT if setprotoent() is | |
2320 | available. | |
2321 | ||
2322 | d_setpgid (d_setpgid.U): | |
2323 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPGID symbol if the | |
2324 | setpgid(pid, gpid) function is available to set process group ID. | |
2325 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
2326 | d_setpgrp (d_setpgrp.U): |
2327 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPGRP if setpgrp() is | |
2328 | available to set the current process group. | |
2329 | ||
781b178c JH |
2330 | d_setpgrp2 (d_setpgrp2.U): |
2331 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPGRP2 symbol, which | |
2332 | indicates to the C program that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) routine | |
2333 | is available to set the current process group. | |
2334 | ||
781b178c JH |
2335 | d_setprior (d_setprior.U): |
2336 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPRIORITY if setpriority() | |
2337 | is available to set a process's priority. | |
2338 | ||
af960fef JH |
2339 | d_setproctitle (d_setproctitle.U): |
2340 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPROCTITLE symbol, | |
2341 | which indicates to the C program that the setproctitle() routine | |
2342 | is available. | |
2343 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2344 | d_setprotoent_r (d_setprotoent_r.U): |
2345 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPROTOENT_R symbol, | |
2346 | which indicates to the C program that the setprotoent_r() | |
2347 | routine is available. | |
2348 | ||
781b178c JH |
2349 | d_setpwent (d_setpwent.U): |
2350 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPWENT symbol, which | |
2351 | indicates to the C program that the setpwent() routine is available | |
2352 | for initializing sequential access to the passwd database. | |
2353 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2354 | d_setpwent_r (d_setpwent_r.U): |
2355 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPWENT_R symbol, | |
2356 | which indicates to the C program that the setpwent_r() | |
2357 | routine is available. | |
2358 | ||
781b178c JH |
2359 | d_setregid (d_setregid.U): |
2360 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREGID if setregid() is | |
2361 | available to change the real and effective gid of the current | |
2362 | process. | |
2363 | ||
2364 | d_setresgid (d_setregid.U): | |
2365 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETRESGID if setresgid() is | |
2366 | available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current | |
2367 | process. | |
2368 | ||
2369 | d_setresuid (d_setreuid.U): | |
2370 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREUID if setresuid() is | |
2371 | available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current | |
2372 | process. | |
2373 | ||
2374 | d_setreuid (d_setreuid.U): | |
2375 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREUID if setreuid() is | |
2376 | available to change the real and effective uid of the current | |
2377 | process. | |
2378 | ||
2379 | d_setrgid (d_setrgid.U): | |
2380 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRGID symbol, which | |
2381 | indicates to the C program that the setrgid() routine is available | |
2382 | to change the real gid of the current program. | |
2383 | ||
2384 | d_setruid (d_setruid.U): | |
2385 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRUID symbol, which | |
2386 | indicates to the C program that the setruid() routine is available | |
2387 | to change the real uid of the current program. | |
2388 | ||
2389 | d_setsent (d_setsent.U): | |
2390 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETSERVENT if setservent() is | |
2391 | available. | |
2392 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2393 | d_setservent_r (d_setservent_r.U): |
2394 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETSERVENT_R symbol, | |
2395 | which indicates to the C program that the setservent_r() | |
2396 | routine is available. | |
2397 | ||
781b178c JH |
2398 | d_setsid (d_setsid.U): |
2399 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETSID if setsid() is | |
2400 | available to set the process group ID. | |
2401 | ||
781b178c JH |
2402 | d_setvbuf (d_setvbuf.U): |
2403 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETVBUF symbol, which | |
2404 | indicates to the C program that the setvbuf() routine is available | |
2405 | to change buffering on an open stdio stream. | |
2406 | ||
781b178c JH |
2407 | d_shm (d_shm.U): |
2408 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHM symbol, which | |
2409 | indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is present. | |
2410 | ||
2411 | d_shmat (d_shmat.U): | |
2412 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMAT symbol, which | |
2413 | indicates to the C program that the shmat() routine is available. | |
2414 | ||
2415 | d_shmatprototype (d_shmat.U): | |
635aebb7 | 2416 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE |
781b178c JH |
2417 | symbol, which indicates that sys/shm.h has a prototype for |
2418 | shmat. | |
2419 | ||
2420 | d_shmctl (d_shmctl.U): | |
2421 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMCTL symbol, which | |
2422 | indicates to the C program that the shmctl() routine is available. | |
2423 | ||
2424 | d_shmdt (d_shmdt.U): | |
2425 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMDT symbol, which | |
2426 | indicates to the C program that the shmdt() routine is available. | |
2427 | ||
2428 | d_shmget (d_shmget.U): | |
2429 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMGET symbol, which | |
2430 | indicates to the C program that the shmget() routine is available. | |
2431 | ||
2432 | d_sigaction (d_sigaction.U): | |
2433 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGACTION symbol, which | |
2434 | indicates that the Vr4 sigaction() routine is available. | |
2435 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
2436 | d_siginfo_si_addr (d_siginfo_si.U): |
2437 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ADDR symbol, | |
2438 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_addr member. | |
2439 | ||
2440 | d_siginfo_si_band (d_siginfo_si.U): | |
2441 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_BAND symbol, | |
2442 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_band member. | |
2443 | ||
2444 | d_siginfo_si_errno (d_siginfo_si.U): | |
2445 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ERRNO symbol, | |
2446 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_errno member. | |
2447 | ||
7e69463d AC |
2448 | d_siginfo_si_fd (d_siginfo_si.U): |
2449 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_FD symbol, | |
2450 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_fd member. | |
2451 | ||
2640dfa8 MB |
2452 | d_siginfo_si_pid (d_siginfo_si.U): |
2453 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_PID symbol, | |
2454 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_pid member. | |
2455 | ||
2456 | d_siginfo_si_status (d_siginfo_si.U): | |
2457 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_STATUS symbol, | |
2458 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_status member. | |
2459 | ||
2460 | d_siginfo_si_uid (d_siginfo_si.U): | |
2461 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_UID symbol, | |
2462 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_uid member. | |
2463 | ||
2464 | d_siginfo_si_value (d_siginfo_si.U): | |
2465 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGINFO_SI_VALUE symbol, | |
2466 | which indicates that the siginfo_t struct has the si_value member. | |
2467 | ||
ed140128 AD |
2468 | d_signbit (d_signbit.U): |
2469 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGNBIT symbol, which | |
2470 | indicates to the C program that the signbit() routine is available | |
2471 | and safe to use with perl's intern NV type. | |
2472 | ||
983dbef6 JH |
2473 | d_sigprocmask (d_sigprocmask.U): |
2474 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SIGPROCMASK | |
2475 | if sigprocmask() is available to examine or change the signal mask | |
2476 | of the calling process. | |
2477 | ||
781b178c JH |
2478 | d_sigsetjmp (d_sigsetjmp.U): |
2479 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGSETJMP symbol, | |
2480 | which indicates that the sigsetjmp() routine is available to | |
2481 | call setjmp() and optionally save the process's signal mask. | |
2482 | ||
f53580fe MB |
2483 | d_sin6_scope_id (d_socket.U): |
2484 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID symbol, which | |
2485 | indicates that a struct sockaddr_in6 structure has the sin6_scope_id | |
2486 | member. | |
2487 | ||
c95d0e17 GA |
2488 | d_sitearch (sitearch.U): |
2489 | This variable conditionally defines SITEARCH to hold the pathname | |
2490 | of architecture-dependent library files for $package. If | |
2491 | $sitearch is the same as $archlib, then this is set to undef. | |
2492 | ||
4059ba87 AC |
2493 | d_snprintf (d_snprintf.U): |
2494 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SNPRINTF symbol, which | |
2495 | indicates to the C program that the snprintf () library function | |
2496 | is available. | |
2497 | ||
18126d98 MB |
2498 | d_sockaddr_in6 (d_socket.U): |
2499 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6 symbol, which | |
2500 | indicates the availability of a struct sockaddr_in6. | |
2501 | ||
b8677e3b MB |
2502 | d_sockaddr_sa_len (d_socket.U): |
2503 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN symbol, | |
2504 | which indicates that a struct sockaddr structure has the sa_len | |
2505 | member. | |
2506 | ||
4852e23a DIM |
2507 | d_sockaddr_storage (d_socket.U): |
2508 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKADDR_STORAGE symbol, | |
2509 | which indicates the availability of a struct sockaddr_storage. | |
2510 | ||
49a78c82 JH |
2511 | d_sockatmark (d_sockatmark.U): |
2512 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKATMARK symbol, which | |
2513 | indicates to the C program that the sockatmark() routine is available. | |
2514 | ||
5af95cda JH |
2515 | d_sockatmarkproto (d_sockatmarkproto.U): |
2516 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO symbol, | |
2517 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2518 | a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2519 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2520 | ||
781b178c JH |
2521 | d_socket (d_socket.U): |
2522 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SOCKET, which indicates | |
2523 | that the BSD socket interface is supported. | |
2524 | ||
13b3f787 JH |
2525 | d_socklen_t (d_socklen_t.U): |
2526 | This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports socklen_t. | |
2527 | ||
781b178c JH |
2528 | d_sockpair (d_socket.U): |
2529 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKETPAIR symbol, which | |
2530 | indicates that the BSD socketpair() is supported. | |
2531 | ||
6b356c8e JH |
2532 | d_socks5_init (d_socks5_init.U): |
2533 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKS5_INIT symbol, which | |
2534 | indicates to the C program that the socks5_init() routine is available. | |
2535 | ||
68d4903c JH |
2536 | d_sqrtl (d_sqrtl.U): |
2537 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SQRTL symbol, which | |
2538 | indicates to the C program that the sqrtl() routine is available. | |
2539 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2540 | d_srand48_r (d_srand48_r.U): |
2541 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SRAND48_R symbol, | |
2542 | which indicates to the C program that the srand48_r() | |
2543 | routine is available. | |
2544 | ||
2545 | d_srandom_r (d_srandom_r.U): | |
2546 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SRANDOM_R symbol, | |
2547 | which indicates to the C program that the srandom_r() | |
2548 | routine is available. | |
2549 | ||
eef837ea JH |
2550 | d_sresgproto (d_sresgproto.U): |
2551 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO symbol, | |
2552 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2553 | a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2554 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2555 | ||
640374d0 JH |
2556 | d_sresuproto (d_sresuproto.U): |
2557 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO symbol, | |
2558 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2559 | a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2560 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2561 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2562 | d_stat (d_stat.U): |
2563 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STAT if stat() is | |
2564 | available to get file status. | |
2565 | ||
781b178c JH |
2566 | d_statblks (d_statblks.U): |
2567 | This variable conditionally defines USE_STAT_BLOCKS | |
2568 | if this system has a stat structure declaring | |
2569 | st_blksize and st_blocks. | |
2570 | ||
ea442100 JH |
2571 | d_statfs_f_flags (d_statfs_f_flags.U): |
2572 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS | |
2573 | symbol, which indicates to struct statfs from has f_flags member. | |
2574 | This kind of struct statfs is coming from sys/mount.h (BSD), | |
2575 | not from sys/statfs.h (SYSV). | |
2576 | ||
2577 | d_statfs_s (d_statfs_s.U): | |
2578 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_STATFS symbol, | |
2579 | which indicates that the struct statfs is supported. | |
2580 | ||
9e08e8f0 MB |
2581 | d_static_inline (d_static_inline.U): |
2582 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STATIC_INLINE symbol, | |
2583 | which indicates that the C compiler supports C99-style static | |
2584 | inline. That is, the function can't be called from another | |
2585 | translation unit. | |
2586 | ||
ea442100 JH |
2587 | d_statvfs (d_statvfs.U): |
2588 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STATVFS symbol, which | |
2589 | indicates to the C program that the statvfs() routine is available. | |
2590 | ||
781b178c JH |
2591 | d_stdio_cnt_lval (d_stdstdio.U): |
2592 | This variable conditionally defines STDIO_CNT_LVALUE if the | |
2593 | FILE_cnt macro can be used as an lvalue. | |
2594 | ||
2595 | d_stdio_ptr_lval (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2596 | This variable conditionally defines STDIO_PTR_LVALUE if the | |
2597 | FILE_ptr macro can be used as an lvalue. | |
2598 | ||
a7ffa9b9 NC |
2599 | d_stdio_ptr_lval_nochange_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): |
2600 | This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue | |
2601 | to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. | |
2602 | ||
2603 | d_stdio_ptr_lval_sets_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2604 | This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue | |
2605 | to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the | |
2606 | value of File_cnt(fp) by n. | |
2607 | ||
781b178c JH |
2608 | d_stdio_stream_array (stdio_streams.U): |
2609 | This variable tells whether there is an array holding | |
2610 | the stdio streams. | |
2611 | ||
2612 | d_stdiobase (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2613 | This variable conditionally defines USE_STDIO_BASE if this system | |
2614 | has a FILE structure declaring a usable _base field (or equivalent) | |
2615 | in stdio.h. | |
2616 | ||
2617 | d_stdstdio (d_stdstdio.U): | |
2618 | This variable conditionally defines USE_STDIO_PTR if this system | |
2619 | has a FILE structure declaring usable _ptr and _cnt fields (or | |
2620 | equivalent) in stdio.h. | |
2621 | ||
781b178c JH |
2622 | d_strcoll (d_strcoll.U): |
2623 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRCOLL if strcoll() is | |
2624 | available to compare strings using collating information. | |
2625 | ||
884c85de MB |
2626 | d_strerror_l (d_strerror_l.U): |
2627 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRERROR_L symbol, which | |
2628 | indicates to the C program that the strerror_l() routine is available | |
2629 | to return the error message for a given errno value in a particular | |
2630 | locale (identified by a locale_t object). | |
2631 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
2632 | d_strerror_r (d_strerror_r.U): |
2633 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRERROR_R symbol, | |
2634 | which indicates to the C program that the strerror_r() | |
2635 | routine is available. | |
2636 | ||
b3c85772 JH |
2637 | d_strftime (d_strftime.U): |
2638 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRFTIME symbol, which | |
2639 | indicates to the C program that the strftime() routine is available. | |
2640 | ||
fd550ca5 MB |
2641 | d_strlcat (d_strlcat.U): |
2642 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRLCAT symbol, which | |
2643 | indicates to the C program that the strlcat () routine is available. | |
2644 | ||
2645 | d_strlcpy (d_strlcpy.U): | |
2646 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRLCPY symbol, which | |
2647 | indicates to the C program that the strlcpy () routine is available. | |
2648 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
2649 | d_strnlen (d_strnlen.U): |
2650 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRNLEN symbol, which | |
2651 | indicates to the C program that the strnlen () routine is available. | |
2652 | ||
781b178c JH |
2653 | d_strtod (d_strtod.U): |
2654 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOD symbol, which | |
2655 | indicates to the C program that the strtod() routine is available | |
2656 | to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). | |
2657 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
2658 | d_strtod_l (d_strtod_l.U): |
2659 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOD_L symbol, which | |
2660 | indicates to the C program that the strtod_l() routine is available. | |
2661 | ||
781b178c JH |
2662 | d_strtol (d_strtol.U): |
2663 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOL symbol, which | |
2664 | indicates to the C program that the strtol() routine is available | |
2665 | to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends. | |
2666 | ||
ff935051 JH |
2667 | d_strtold (d_strtold.U): |
2668 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOLD symbol, which | |
2669 | indicates to the C program that the strtold() routine is available. | |
2670 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
2671 | d_strtold_l (d_strtold_l.U): |
2672 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOLD_L symbol, which | |
2673 | indicates to the C program that the strtold_l() routine is available. | |
2674 | ||
76d49b1c JH |
2675 | d_strtoll (d_strtoll.U): |
2676 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOLL symbol, which | |
2677 | indicates to the C program that the strtoll() routine is available. | |
2678 | ||
d0e6d399 NC |
2679 | d_strtoq (d_strtoq.U): |
2680 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOQ symbol, which | |
2681 | indicates to the C program that the strtoq() routine is available. | |
2682 | ||
781b178c JH |
2683 | d_strtoul (d_strtoul.U): |
2684 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOUL symbol, which | |
2685 | indicates to the C program that the strtoul() routine is available | |
2686 | to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. | |
2687 | ||
ff935051 | 2688 | d_strtoull (d_strtoull.U): |
11dc3f68 JH |
2689 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOULL symbol, which |
2690 | indicates to the C program that the strtoull() routine is available. | |
2691 | ||
ff935051 JH |
2692 | d_strtouq (d_strtouq.U): |
2693 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOUQ symbol, which | |
2694 | indicates to the C program that the strtouq() routine is available. | |
2695 | ||
781b178c JH |
2696 | d_strxfrm (d_strxfrm.U): |
2697 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRXFRM if strxfrm() is | |
2698 | available to transform strings. | |
2699 | ||
2700 | d_suidsafe (d_dosuid.U): | |
2701 | This variable conditionally defines SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW | |
2702 | if setuid scripts can be secure. This test looks in /dev/fd/. | |
2703 | ||
2704 | d_symlink (d_symlink.U): | |
2705 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYMLINK symbol, which | |
2706 | indicates to the C program that the symlink() routine is available | |
2707 | to create symbolic links. | |
2708 | ||
2709 | d_syscall (d_syscall.U): | |
2710 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYSCALL if syscall() is | |
2711 | available call arbitrary system calls. | |
2712 | ||
5af95cda JH |
2713 | d_syscallproto (d_syscallproto.U): |
2714 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO symbol, | |
2715 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2716 | a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2717 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2718 | ||
781b178c JH |
2719 | d_sysconf (d_sysconf.U): |
2720 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYSCONF symbol, which | |
2721 | indicates to the C program that the sysconf() routine is available | |
2722 | to determine system related limits and options. | |
2723 | ||
2724 | d_sysernlst (d_strerror.U): | |
2725 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYS_ERRNOLIST if sys_errnolist[] | |
2726 | is available to translate error numbers to the symbolic name. | |
2727 | ||
2728 | d_syserrlst (d_strerror.U): | |
2729 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYS_ERRLIST if sys_errlist[] is | |
2730 | available to translate error numbers to strings. | |
2731 | ||
2732 | d_system (d_system.U): | |
2733 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYSTEM if system() is | |
2734 | available to issue a shell command. | |
2735 | ||
2736 | d_tcgetpgrp (d_tcgtpgrp.U): | |
2737 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TCGETPGRP symbol, which | |
2738 | indicates to the C program that the tcgetpgrp() routine is available. | |
2739 | to get foreground process group ID. | |
2740 | ||
2741 | d_tcsetpgrp (d_tcstpgrp.U): | |
2742 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TCSETPGRP symbol, which | |
2743 | indicates to the C program that the tcsetpgrp() routine is available | |
2744 | to set foreground process group ID. | |
2745 | ||
781b178c JH |
2746 | d_telldir (d_readdir.U): |
2747 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TELLDIR if telldir() is | |
2748 | available. | |
2749 | ||
2750 | d_telldirproto (d_telldirproto.U): | |
2751 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO symbol, | |
2752 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2753 | a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2754 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2755 | ||
427d28ce JH |
2756 | d_tgamma (d_tgamma.U): |
2757 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TGAMMA symbol, which | |
2758 | indicates to the C program that the tgamma() routine is available | |
f40bbcbf | 2759 | for the gamma function. See also d_lgamma. |
427d28ce | 2760 | |
7e03b2e3 MB |
2761 | d_thread_safe_nl_langinfo_l (d_nl_langinfo_l.U): |
2762 | This variable contains the eventual value of the | |
2763 | HAS_THREAD_SAFE_NL_LANGINFO_L symbol, which indicates if the | |
2764 | nl_langinfo_l() function exists and is thread-safe. | |
2765 | ||
781b178c JH |
2766 | d_time (d_time.U): |
2767 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIME symbol, which indicates | |
47e01c32 | 2768 | that the time() routine exists. The time() routine is normally |
781b178c JH |
2769 | provided on UNIX systems. |
2770 | ||
cbb9e8a7 MB |
2771 | d_timegm (d_timegm.U): |
2772 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIMEGM symbol, which | |
2773 | indicates to the C program that the timegm () routine is available. | |
2774 | ||
781b178c JH |
2775 | d_times (d_times.U): |
2776 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIMES symbol, which indicates | |
47e01c32 | 2777 | that the times() routine exists. The times() routine is normally |
781b178c JH |
2778 | provided on UNIX systems. You may have to include <sys/times.h>. |
2779 | ||
511116db JH |
2780 | d_tm_tm_gmtoff (i_time.U): |
2781 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF, which indicates | |
a3815e44 | 2782 | to the C program that the struct tm has the tm_gmtoff field. |
511116db JH |
2783 | |
2784 | d_tm_tm_zone (i_time.U): | |
2785 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TM_TM_ZONE, which indicates | |
a3815e44 | 2786 | to the C program that the struct tm has the tm_zone field. |
511116db | 2787 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
2788 | d_tmpnam_r (d_tmpnam_r.U): |
2789 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TMPNAM_R symbol, | |
2790 | which indicates to the C program that the tmpnam_r() | |
2791 | routine is available. | |
2792 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
2793 | d_towlower (d_towlower.U): |
2794 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TOWLOWER symbol, which | |
2795 | indicates to the C program that the towlower() routine is available. | |
2796 | ||
2797 | d_towupper (d_towupper.U): | |
2798 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TOWUPPER symbol, which | |
2799 | indicates to the C program that the towupper() routine is available. | |
2800 | ||
427d28ce | 2801 | d_trunc (d_trunc.U): |
f40bbcbf | 2802 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TRUNC symbol, which |
427d28ce JH |
2803 | indicates to the C program that the trunc() routine is available |
2804 | to round doubles towards zero. | |
2805 | ||
f40bbcbf MB |
2806 | d_truncate (d_truncate.U): |
2807 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TRUNCATE if truncate() is | |
2808 | available to truncate files. | |
2809 | ||
4842dad7 JH |
2810 | d_truncl (d_truncl.U): |
2811 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TRUNCL symbol, which | |
d6f85a58 MB |
2812 | indicates to the C program that the truncl() routine is available |
2813 | to round long doubles towards zero. If copysignl is also present, | |
2814 | we can emulate modfl. | |
4842dad7 | 2815 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
2816 | d_ttyname_r (d_ttyname_r.U): |
2817 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TTYNAME_R symbol, | |
2818 | which indicates to the C program that the ttyname_r() | |
2819 | routine is available. | |
2820 | ||
781b178c JH |
2821 | d_tzname (d_tzname.U): |
2822 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_TZNAME if tzname[] is | |
2823 | available to access timezone names. | |
2824 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2825 | d_u32align (d_u32align.U): |
2826 | This variable tells whether you must access character data | |
2827 | through U32-aligned pointers. | |
2828 | ||
2829 | d_ualarm (d_ualarm.U): | |
2830 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UALARM symbol, which | |
2831 | indicates to the C program that the ualarm() routine is available. | |
2832 | ||
781b178c JH |
2833 | d_umask (d_umask.U): |
2834 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UMASK symbol, which | |
2835 | indicates to the C program that the umask() routine is available. | |
2836 | to set and get the value of the file creation mask. | |
2837 | ||
2838 | d_uname (d_gethname.U): | |
2839 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNAME symbol, which | |
2840 | indicates to the C program that the uname() routine may be | |
2841 | used to derive the host name. | |
2842 | ||
2843 | d_union_semun (d_union_semun.U): | |
2844 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_UNION_SEMUN if the | |
2845 | union semun is defined by including <sys/sem.h>. | |
2846 | ||
3c29c5aa | 2847 | d_unlinkat (d_fsat.U): |
d226c0a2 TC |
2848 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNLINKAT symbol, which |
2849 | indicates the POSIX unlinkat() function isavailable. | |
2850 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
2851 | d_unordered (d_unordered.U): |
2852 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNORDERED symbol, which | |
2853 | indicates to the C program that the unordered() routine is available. | |
2854 | ||
bdf33aa7 SP |
2855 | d_unsetenv (d_unsetenv.U): |
2856 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNSETENV symbol, which | |
2857 | indicates to the C program that the unsetenv () routine is available. | |
2858 | ||
ecb44b8e MB |
2859 | d_uselocale (d_newlocale.U): |
2860 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_USELOCALE symbol, which | |
2861 | indicates to the C program that the uselocale() routine is available | |
2862 | to set the current locale for the calling thread. | |
2863 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2864 | d_usleep (d_usleep.U): |
2865 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_USLEEP if usleep() is | |
2866 | available to do high granularity sleeps. | |
2867 | ||
5af95cda JH |
2868 | d_usleepproto (d_usleepproto.U): |
2869 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_USLEEP_PROTO symbol, | |
2870 | which indicates to the C program that the system provides | |
2871 | a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is | |
2872 | up to the program to supply one. | |
2873 | ||
ea442100 JH |
2874 | d_ustat (d_ustat.U): |
2875 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_USTAT if ustat() is | |
2876 | available to query file system statistics by dev_t. | |
2877 | ||
526fdc24 MS |
2878 | d_vendorarch (vendorarch.U): |
2879 | This variable conditionally defined PERL_VENDORARCH. | |
2880 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
2881 | d_vendorbin (vendorbin.U): |
2882 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORBIN. | |
2883 | ||
a3635516 JH |
2884 | d_vendorlib (vendorlib.U): |
2885 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORLIB. | |
2886 | ||
10305dfa JH |
2887 | d_vendorscript (vendorscript.U): |
2888 | This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORSCRIPT. | |
2889 | ||
781b178c JH |
2890 | d_vfork (d_vfork.U): |
2891 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_VFORK symbol, which | |
2892 | indicates the vfork() routine is available. | |
2893 | ||
2894 | d_void_closedir (d_closedir.U): | |
2895 | This variable conditionally defines VOID_CLOSEDIR if closedir() | |
2896 | does not return a value. | |
2897 | ||
2898 | d_voidsig (d_voidsig.U): | |
2899 | This variable conditionally defines VOIDSIG if this system | |
2900 | declares "void (*signal(...))()" in signal.h. The old way was to | |
2901 | declare it as "int (*signal(...))()". | |
2902 | ||
2903 | d_voidtty (i_sysioctl.U): | |
2904 | This variable conditionally defines USE_IOCNOTTY to indicate that the | |
2905 | ioctl() call with TIOCNOTTY should be used to void tty association. | |
2906 | Otherwise (on USG probably), it is enough to close the standard file | |
47e01c32 | 2907 | descriptors and do a setpgrp(). |
781b178c | 2908 | |
4059ba87 AC |
2909 | d_vsnprintf (d_snprintf.U): |
2910 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_VSNPRINTF symbol, which | |
2911 | indicates to the C program that the vsnprintf () library function | |
2912 | is available. | |
2913 | ||
781b178c JH |
2914 | d_wait4 (d_wait4.U): |
2915 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WAIT4 symbol, which | |
2916 | indicates the wait4() routine is available. | |
2917 | ||
2918 | d_waitpid (d_waitpid.U): | |
2919 | This variable conditionally defines HAS_WAITPID if waitpid() is | |
2920 | available to wait for child process. | |
2921 | ||
4852e23a DIM |
2922 | d_wcrtomb (d_wcrtomb.U): |
2923 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCRTOMB symbol if the | |
2924 | wcrtomb() routine is available to be used to convert a wide character | |
2925 | into a multi-byte character. | |
2926 | ||
9cdcdad1 MB |
2927 | d_wcscmp (d_wcscmp.U): |
2928 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCSCMP symbol if the | |
2929 | wcscmp() routine is available and can be used to compare wide | |
2930 | character strings. | |
2931 | ||
781b178c JH |
2932 | d_wcstombs (d_wcstombs.U): |
2933 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCSTOMBS symbol, which | |
2934 | indicates to the C program that the wcstombs() routine is available | |
2935 | to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings. | |
2936 | ||
9cdcdad1 MB |
2937 | d_wcsxfrm (d_wcsxfrm.U): |
2938 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCSXFRM symbol if the | |
2939 | wcsxfrm() routine is available and can be used to compare wide | |
2940 | character strings. | |
2941 | ||
781b178c JH |
2942 | d_wctomb (d_wctomb.U): |
2943 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCTOMB symbol, which | |
2944 | indicates to the C program that the wctomb() routine is available | |
2945 | to convert a wide character to a multibyte. | |
2946 | ||
4e0554ec JH |
2947 | d_writev (d_writev.U): |
2948 | This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WRITEV symbol, which | |
2949 | indicates to the C program that the writev() routine is available. | |
2950 | ||
781b178c JH |
2951 | d_xenix (Guess.U): |
2952 | This variable conditionally defines the symbol XENIX, which alerts | |
2953 | the C program that it runs under Xenix. | |
2954 | ||
2955 | date (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 2956 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
2957 | full pathname (if any) of the date program. After Configure runs, |
2958 | the value is reset to a plain "date" and is not useful. | |
2959 | ||
2960 | db_hashtype (i_db.U): | |
2961 | This variable contains the type of the hash structure element | |
2962 | in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was | |
2963 | int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. | |
2964 | ||
2965 | db_prefixtype (i_db.U): | |
2966 | This variable contains the type of the prefix structure element | |
2967 | in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was | |
2968 | int, while in newer ones it is size_t. | |
2969 | ||
640374d0 JH |
2970 | db_version_major (i_db.U): |
2971 | This variable contains the major version number of | |
2972 | Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header file. | |
2973 | ||
2974 | db_version_minor (i_db.U): | |
2975 | This variable contains the minor version number of | |
2976 | Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header file. | |
2977 | For DB version 1 this is always 0. | |
2978 | ||
2979 | db_version_patch (i_db.U): | |
2980 | This variable contains the patch version number of | |
2981 | Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header file. | |
2982 | For DB version 1 this is always 0. | |
2983 | ||
32db2dd3 MB |
2984 | default_inc_excludes_dot (defaultincdot.U): |
2985 | When defined, remove the legacy '.' from @INC | |
2986 | ||
781b178c JH |
2987 | direntrytype (i_dirent.U): |
2988 | This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on | |
2989 | whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to | |
2990 | portably declare your directory entries. | |
2991 | ||
2992 | dlext (dlext.U): | |
2993 | This variable contains the extension that is to be used for the | |
1332606d | 2994 | dynamically loaded modules that perl generates. |
781b178c JH |
2995 | |
2996 | dlsrc (dlsrc.U): | |
2997 | This variable contains the name of the dynamic loading file that | |
2998 | will be used with the package. | |
2999 | ||
44521f3a JH |
3000 | doubleinfbytes (infnan.U): |
3001 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
3002 | for the double precision infinity. | |
3003 | ||
f40bbcbf | 3004 | doublekind (longdblfio.U): |
bade9271 | 3005 | This variable, if defined, encodes the type of a double: |
aaca660c AC |
3006 | 1 = IEEE 754 32-bit little endian, |
3007 | 2 = IEEE 754 32-bit big endian, | |
3008 | 3 = IEEE 754 64-bit little endian, | |
3009 | 4 = IEEE 754 64-bit big endian, | |
3010 | 5 = IEEE 754 128-bit little endian, | |
3011 | 6 = IEEE 754 128-bit big endian, | |
3012 | 7 = IEEE 754 64-bit mixed endian le-be, | |
3013 | 8 = IEEE 754 64-bit mixed endian be-le, | |
884c85de MB |
3014 | 9 = VAX 32bit little endian F float format |
3015 | 10 = VAX 64bit little endian D float format | |
3016 | 11 = VAX 64bit little endian G float format | |
6e6b38ae JH |
3017 | 12 = IBM 32bit format |
3018 | 13 = IBM 64bit format | |
3019 | 14 = Cray 64bit format | |
bade9271 JH |
3020 | -1 = unknown format. |
3021 | ||
ed3917fd JH |
3022 | doublemantbits (mantbits.U): |
3023 | This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits | |
3024 | there are in double precision floating point format. | |
3025 | Note that this is usually DBL_MANT_DIG minus one, since | |
3026 | with the standard IEEE 754 formats DBL_MANT_DIG includes | |
3027 | the implicit bit which doesn't really exist. | |
3028 | ||
44521f3a JH |
3029 | doublenanbytes (infnan.U): |
3030 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
3031 | for the double precision not-a-number. | |
3032 | ||
781b178c JH |
3033 | doublesize (doublesize.U): |
3034 | This variable contains the value of the DOUBLESIZE symbol, which | |
3035 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a double. | |
3036 | ||
3037 | drand01 (randfunc.U): | |
3038 | Indicates the macro to be used to generate normalized | |
3039 | random numbers. Uses randfunc, often divided by | |
3040 | (double) (((unsigned long) 1 << randbits)) in order to | |
3041 | normalize the result. | |
3042 | In C programs, the macro 'Drand01' is mapped to drand01. | |
3043 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3044 | drand48_r_proto (d_drand48_r.U): |
3045 | This variable encodes the prototype of drand48_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3046 | It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the |
3047 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r | |
3048 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 3049 | |
34f1896b MB |
3050 | dtrace (usedtrace.U): |
3051 | This variable holds the location of the dtrace executable. | |
3052 | ||
2640dfa8 | 3053 | dtraceobject (dtraceobject.U): |
c2538af7 TC |
3054 | Whether we need to build an object file with the dtrace tool. |
3055 | ||
f2a60c1f TC |
3056 | dtracexnolibs (dtraceobject.U): |
3057 | Whether dtrace accepts -xnolibs. If available we call dtrace -h | |
3058 | and dtrace -G with -xnolibs to allow dtrace to run in a jail on | |
3059 | FreeBSD. | |
3060 | ||
781b178c JH |
3061 | dynamic_ext (Extensions.U): |
3062 | This variable holds a list of XS extension files we want to | |
3063 | link dynamically into the package. It is used by Makefile. | |
3064 | ||
3065 | eagain (nblock_io.U): | |
3066 | This variable bears the symbolic errno code set by read() when no | |
3067 | data is present on the file and non-blocking I/O was enabled (otherwise, | |
3068 | read() blocks naturally). | |
3069 | ||
3070 | ebcdic (ebcdic.U): | |
3071 | This variable conditionally defines EBCDIC if this | |
1332606d | 3072 | system uses EBCDIC encoding. |
781b178c JH |
3073 | |
3074 | echo (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 3075 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3076 | full pathname (if any) of the echo program. After Configure runs, |
3077 | the value is reset to a plain "echo" and is not useful. | |
3078 | ||
3079 | egrep (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 3080 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3081 | full pathname (if any) of the egrep program. After Configure runs, |
3082 | the value is reset to a plain "egrep" and is not useful. | |
3083 | ||
3084 | emacs (Loc.U): | |
3085 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 3086 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 3087 | |
f40bbcbf | 3088 | endgrent_r_proto (d_endgrent_r.U): |
10bc17b6 | 3089 | This variable encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. |
39183afa JH |
3090 | It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the |
3091 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r | |
3092 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3093 | |
3094 | endhostent_r_proto (d_endhostent_r.U): | |
3095 | This variable encodes the prototype of endhostent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3096 | It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the |
3097 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r | |
3098 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3099 | |
3100 | endnetent_r_proto (d_endnetent_r.U): | |
3101 | This variable encodes the prototype of endnetent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3102 | It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the |
3103 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r | |
3104 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3105 | |
3106 | endprotoent_r_proto (d_endprotoent_r.U): | |
3107 | This variable encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3108 | It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the |
3109 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r | |
3110 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3111 | |
3112 | endpwent_r_proto (d_endpwent_r.U): | |
3113 | This variable encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3114 | It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the |
3115 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r | |
3116 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3117 | |
3118 | endservent_r_proto (d_endservent_r.U): | |
3119 | This variable encodes the prototype of endservent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3120 | It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the |
3121 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r | |
3122 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 3123 | |
781b178c JH |
3124 | eunicefix (Init.U): |
3125 | When running under Eunice this variable contains a command which will | |
3126 | convert a shell script to the proper form of text file for it to be | |
3127 | executable by the shell. On other systems it is a no-op. | |
3128 | ||
3129 | exe_ext (Unix.U): | |
3130 | This is an old synonym for _exe. | |
3131 | ||
3132 | expr (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 3133 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3134 | full pathname (if any) of the expr program. After Configure runs, |
3135 | the value is reset to a plain "expr" and is not useful. | |
3136 | ||
3137 | extensions (Extensions.U): | |
3138 | This variable holds a list of all extension files (both XS and | |
f7b3892b | 3139 | non-xs) installed with the package. It is propagated to Config.pm |
47e01c32 | 3140 | and is typically used to test whether a particular extension |
781b178c JH |
3141 | is available. |
3142 | ||
61c26d18 MHM |
3143 | extern_C (Csym.U): |
3144 | ANSI C requires 'extern' where C++ requires 'extern "C"'. This | |
3145 | variable can be used in Configure to do the right thing. | |
3146 | ||
cb7ddd31 JH |
3147 | extras (Extras.U): |
3148 | This variable holds a list of extra modules to install. | |
3149 | ||
781b178c JH |
3150 | fflushall (fflushall.U): |
3151 | This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush | |
3152 | all pending stdio output one must loop through all | |
3153 | the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. | |
3154 | Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not | |
3155 | even be probed for and will be left undefined. | |
3156 | ||
4d54317a | 3157 | fflushNULL (fflushall.U): |
a05353bf MB |
3158 | This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) correctly |
3159 | flushes all pending stdio output without side effects. In | |
3160 | particular, on some platforms calling fflush(NULL) *still* | |
3161 | corrupts STDIN if it is a pipe. | |
4d54317a | 3162 | |
781b178c | 3163 | find (Loc.U): |
ff935051 | 3164 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. |
fcdf39cf | 3165 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
3166 | |
3167 | firstmakefile (Unix.U): | |
3168 | This variable defines the first file searched by make. On unix, | |
3169 | it is makefile (then Makefile). On case-insensitive systems, | |
3170 | it might be something else. This is only used to deal with | |
3171 | convoluted make depend tricks. | |
3172 | ||
3173 | flex (Loc.U): | |
3174 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 3175 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 3176 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
3177 | fpossize (fpossize.U): |
3178 | This variable contains the size of a fpostype in bytes. | |
3179 | ||
781b178c | 3180 | fpostype (fpostype.U): |
635aebb7 | 3181 | This variable defines Fpos_t to be something like fpos_t, long, |
781b178c JH |
3182 | uint, or whatever type is used to declare file positions in libc. |
3183 | ||
3184 | freetype (mallocsrc.U): | |
3185 | This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually | |
3186 | void, but occasionally int. | |
3187 | ||
5440bc8e JH |
3188 | from (Cross.U): |
3189 | This variable contains the command used by Configure | |
3190 | to copy files from the target host. Useful and available | |
3191 | only during Perl build. | |
3192 | The string ':' if not cross-compiling. | |
3193 | ||
781b178c JH |
3194 | full_ar (Loc_ar.U): |
3195 | This variable contains the full pathname to 'ar', whether or | |
3196 | not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used | |
3197 | in the Makefile.SH. | |
3198 | ||
3199 | full_csh (d_csh.U): | |
3200 | This variable contains the full pathname to 'csh', whether or | |
3201 | not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used | |
3202 | in the compiled C program, and we assume that all systems which | |
3203 | can share this executable will have the same full pathname to | |
3204 | 'csh.' | |
3205 | ||
3206 | full_sed (Loc_sed.U): | |
3207 | This variable contains the full pathname to 'sed', whether or | |
3208 | not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used | |
3209 | in the compiled C program, and we assume that all systems which | |
3210 | can share this executable will have the same full pathname to | |
3211 | 'sed.' | |
3212 | ||
123f32c0 MB |
3213 | gccansipedantic (gccvers.U): |
3214 | If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable will enable (if set) the | |
3215 | -ansi and -pedantic ccflags for building core files (through | |
3216 | cflags script). (See Porting/pumpkin.pod for full description). | |
3217 | ||
af960fef | 3218 | gccosandvers (gccvers.U): |
123f32c0 MB |
3219 | If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable holds the operating system |
3220 | and version used to compile gcc. It is set to '' if not gcc, | |
af960fef JH |
3221 | or if nothing useful can be parsed as the os version. |
3222 | ||
3223 | gccversion (gccvers.U): | |
123f32c0 | 3224 | If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable holds '1' or '2' to |
781b178c JH |
3225 | indicate whether the compiler is version 1 or 2. This is used in |
3226 | setting some of the default cflags. It is set to '' if not gcc. | |
3227 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3228 | getgrent_r_proto (d_getgrent_r.U): |
3229 | This variable encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3230 | It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the |
3231 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r | |
3232 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3233 | |
3234 | getgrgid_r_proto (d_getgrgid_r.U): | |
3235 | This variable encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3236 | It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the |
3237 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r | |
3238 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3239 | |
3240 | getgrnam_r_proto (d_getgrnam_r.U): | |
3241 | This variable encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3242 | It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the |
3243 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r | |
3244 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3245 | |
3246 | gethostbyaddr_r_proto (d_gethostbyaddr_r.U): | |
3247 | This variable encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3248 | It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the |
3249 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r | |
3250 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3251 | |
3252 | gethostbyname_r_proto (d_gethostbyname_r.U): | |
3253 | This variable encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3254 | It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3255 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r | |
3256 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3257 | |
3258 | gethostent_r_proto (d_gethostent_r.U): | |
3259 | This variable encodes the prototype of gethostent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3260 | It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the |
3261 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r | |
3262 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3263 | |
3264 | getlogin_r_proto (d_getlogin_r.U): | |
3265 | This variable encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3266 | It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the |
3267 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r | |
3268 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3269 | |
3270 | getnetbyaddr_r_proto (d_getnetbyaddr_r.U): | |
3271 | This variable encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3272 | It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the |
3273 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r | |
3274 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3275 | |
3276 | getnetbyname_r_proto (d_getnetbyname_r.U): | |
3277 | This variable encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3278 | It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3279 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r | |
3280 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3281 | |
3282 | getnetent_r_proto (d_getnetent_r.U): | |
3283 | This variable encodes the prototype of getnetent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3284 | It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the |
3285 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r | |
3286 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3287 | |
3288 | getprotobyname_r_proto (d_getprotobyname_r.U): | |
3289 | This variable encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3290 | It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3291 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r | |
3292 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3293 | |
3294 | getprotobynumber_r_proto (d_getprotobynumber_r.U): | |
3295 | This variable encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3296 | It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the |
3297 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r | |
3298 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3299 | |
3300 | getprotoent_r_proto (d_getprotoent_r.U): | |
3301 | This variable encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3302 | It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the |
3303 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r | |
3304 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3305 | |
3306 | getpwent_r_proto (d_getpwent_r.U): | |
3307 | This variable encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3308 | It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the |
3309 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r | |
3310 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3311 | |
3312 | getpwnam_r_proto (d_getpwnam_r.U): | |
3313 | This variable encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3314 | It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the |
3315 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r | |
3316 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3317 | |
3318 | getpwuid_r_proto (d_getpwuid_r.U): | |
3319 | This variable encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3320 | It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the |
3321 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r | |
3322 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3323 | |
3324 | getservbyname_r_proto (d_getservbyname_r.U): | |
3325 | This variable encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3326 | It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the |
3327 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r | |
3328 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3329 | |
3330 | getservbyport_r_proto (d_getservbyport_r.U): | |
3331 | This variable encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3332 | It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the |
3333 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r | |
3334 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3335 | |
3336 | getservent_r_proto (d_getservent_r.U): | |
3337 | This variable encodes the prototype of getservent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3338 | It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the |
3339 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r | |
3340 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
3341 | |
3342 | getspnam_r_proto (d_getspnam_r.U): | |
3343 | This variable encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3344 | It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the |
3345 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r | |
3346 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 3347 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
3348 | gidformat (gidf.U): |
3349 | This variable contains the format string used for printing a Gid_t. | |
3350 | ||
785fb66b JH |
3351 | gidsign (gidsign.U): |
3352 | This variable contains the signedness of a gidtype. | |
3353 | 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. | |
3354 | ||
3355 | gidsize (gidsize.U): | |
3356 | This variable contains the size of a gidtype in bytes. | |
3357 | ||
781b178c JH |
3358 | gidtype (gidtype.U): |
3359 | This variable defines Gid_t to be something like gid_t, int, | |
3360 | ushort, or whatever type is used to declare the return type | |
3361 | of getgid(). Typically, it is the type of group ids in the kernel. | |
3362 | ||
3363 | glibpth (libpth.U): | |
3364 | This variable holds the general path (space-separated) used to | |
3365 | find libraries. It may contain directories that do not exist on | |
3366 | this platform, libpth is the cleaned-up version. | |
3367 | ||
c68a00c0 JH |
3368 | gmake (Loc.U): |
3369 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the | |
3370 | full pathname (if any) of the gmake program. After Configure runs, | |
3371 | the value is reset to a plain "gmake" and is not useful. | |
3372 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3373 | gmtime_r_proto (d_gmtime_r.U): |
3374 | This variable encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
3375 | It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the |
3376 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r | |
3377 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 3378 | |
00fac743 JH |
3379 | gnulibc_version (d_gnulibc.U): |
3380 | This variable contains the version number of the GNU C library. | |
3381 | It is usually something like '2.2.5'. It is a plain '' if this | |
3382 | is not the GNU C library, or if the version is unknown. | |
3383 | ||
781b178c | 3384 | grep (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 3385 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3386 | full pathname (if any) of the grep program. After Configure runs, |
3387 | the value is reset to a plain "grep" and is not useful. | |
3388 | ||
3389 | groupcat (nis.U): | |
3390 | This variable contains a command that produces the text of the | |
3391 | /etc/group file. This is normally "cat /etc/group", but can be | |
3392 | "ypcat group" when NIS is used. | |
aaacdc8b GS |
3393 | On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent |
3394 | command, in which case this variable is unset. | |
781b178c JH |
3395 | |
3396 | groupstype (groupstype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 3397 | This variable defines Groups_t to be something like gid_t, int, |
781b178c JH |
3398 | ushort, or whatever type is used for the second argument to |
3399 | getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as | |
3400 | gidtype (gid_t), but sometimes it isn't. | |
3401 | ||
3402 | gzip (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 3403 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
3404 | full pathname (if any) of the gzip program. After Configure runs, |
3405 | the value is reset to a plain "gzip" and is not useful. | |
3406 | ||
3407 | h_fcntl (h_fcntl.U): | |
3408 | This is variable gets set in various places to tell i_fcntl that | |
3409 | <fcntl.h> should be included. | |
3410 | ||
3411 | h_sysfile (h_sysfile.U): | |
3412 | This is variable gets set in various places to tell i_sys_file that | |
3413 | <sys/file.h> should be included. | |
3414 | ||
3415 | hint (Oldconfig.U): | |
3416 | Gives the type of hints used for previous answers. May be one of | |
3417 | "default", "recommended" or "previous". | |
3418 | ||
1d38f63f MB |
3419 | hostcat (nis.U): |
3420 | This variable contains a command that produces the text of the | |
3421 | /etc/hosts file. This is normally "cat /etc/hosts", but can be | |
3422 | "ypcat hosts" when NIS is used. | |
3423 | On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent | |
3424 | command, in which case this variable is unset. | |
8b6a017c | 3425 | |
a6d9d244 | 3426 | hostgenerate (Cross.U): |
8b6a017c BF |
3427 | This variable contains the path to a generate_uudmap binary that |
3428 | can be run on the host OS when cross-compiling. Useful and | |
3429 | available only during Perl build. | |
3430 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
3431 | ||
a6d9d244 | 3432 | hostosname (Cross.U): |
8b6a017c BF |
3433 | This variable contains the original value of '$^O' for hostperl |
3434 | when cross-compiling. This is useful to pick the proper tools | |
3435 | when running build code in the host. | |
3436 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
3437 | ||
1d38f63f MB |
3438 | hostperl (Cross.U): |
3439 | This variable contains the path to a miniperl binary that can be | |
3440 | run on the host OS when cross-compiling. Useful and available only | |
3441 | during Perl build. | |
3442 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
781b178c | 3443 | |
10305dfa JH |
3444 | html1dir (html1dir.U): |
3445 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which html | |
3446 | source pages are to be put. This directory is for pages | |
3447 | that describe whole programs, not libraries or modules. It | |
3448 | is intended to correspond roughly to section 1 of the Unix | |
3449 | manuals. | |
3450 | ||
3451 | html1direxp (html1dir.U): | |
3452 | This variable is the same as the html1dir variable, but is filename | |
3453 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
3454 | ||
3455 | html3dir (html3dir.U): | |
3456 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which html | |
3457 | source pages are to be put. This directory is for pages | |
3458 | that describe libraries or modules. It is intended to | |
3459 | correspond roughly to section 3 of the Unix manuals. | |
3460 | ||
3461 | html3direxp (html3dir.U): | |
3462 | This variable is the same as the html3dir variable, but is filename | |
3463 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
3464 | ||
a22e52b9 JH |
3465 | i16size (perlxv.U): |
3466 | This variable is the size of an I16 in bytes. | |
3467 | ||
3468 | i16type (perlxv.U): | |
3469 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I16. | |
3470 | ||
3471 | i32size (perlxv.U): | |
3472 | This variable is the size of an I32 in bytes. | |
3473 | ||
3474 | i32type (perlxv.U): | |
3475 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I32. | |
3476 | ||
3477 | i64size (perlxv.U): | |
3478 | This variable is the size of an I64 in bytes. | |
3479 | ||
3480 | i64type (perlxv.U): | |
3481 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I64. | |
3482 | ||
3483 | i8size (perlxv.U): | |
3484 | This variable is the size of an I8 in bytes. | |
3485 | ||
3486 | i8type (perlxv.U): | |
3487 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I8. | |
3488 | ||
781b178c JH |
3489 | i_arpainet (i_arpainet.U): |
3490 | This variable conditionally defines the I_ARPA_INET symbol, | |
3491 | and indicates whether a C program should include <arpa/inet.h>. | |
3492 | ||
f6a82ade MB |
3493 | i_bfd (i_bfd.U): |
3494 | This variable conditionally defines the I_BFD symbol, and | |
3495 | indicates whether a C program can include <bfd.h>. | |
3496 | ||
781b178c JH |
3497 | i_bsdioctl (i_sysioctl.U): |
3498 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_BSDIOCTL symbol, which | |
3499 | indicates to the C program that <sys/bsdioctl.h> exists and should | |
3500 | be included. | |
3501 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
3502 | i_crypt (i_crypt.U): |
3503 | This variable conditionally defines the I_CRYPT symbol, and indicates | |
3504 | whether a C program should include <crypt.h>. | |
3505 | ||
781b178c JH |
3506 | i_db (i_db.U): |
3507 | This variable conditionally defines the I_DB symbol, and indicates | |
3508 | whether a C program may include Berkeley's DB include file <db.h>. | |
3509 | ||
3510 | i_dbm (i_dbm.U): | |
3511 | This variable conditionally defines the I_DBM symbol, which | |
3512 | indicates to the C program that <dbm.h> exists and should | |
3513 | be included. | |
3514 | ||
3515 | i_dirent (i_dirent.U): | |
3516 | This variable conditionally defines I_DIRENT, which indicates | |
3517 | to the C program that it should include <dirent.h>. | |
3518 | ||
781b178c JH |
3519 | i_dlfcn (i_dlfcn.U): |
3520 | This variable conditionally defines the I_DLFCN symbol, which | |
3521 | indicates to the C program that <dlfcn.h> exists and should | |
3522 | be included. | |
3523 | ||
f6a82ade MB |
3524 | i_execinfo (i_execinfo.U): |
3525 | This variable conditionally defines the I_EXECINFO symbol, and indicates | |
3526 | whether a C program may include <execinfo.h>, for backtrace() support. | |
3527 | ||
781b178c JH |
3528 | i_fcntl (i_fcntl.U): |
3529 | This variable controls the value of I_FCNTL (which tells | |
3530 | the C program to include <fcntl.h>). | |
3531 | ||
d0166596 MB |
3532 | i_fenv (i_fenv.U): |
3533 | This variable conditionally defines the I_FENV symbol, which | |
3534 | indicates to the C program that <fenv.h> exists and should | |
3535 | be included. | |
3536 | ||
758a5d79 JH |
3537 | i_fp (i_fp.U): |
3538 | This variable conditionally defines the I_FP symbol, and indicates | |
3539 | whether a C program should include <fp.h>. | |
3540 | ||
3541 | i_fp_class (i_fp_class.U): | |
3542 | This variable conditionally defines the I_FP_CLASS symbol, and indicates | |
3543 | whether a C program should include <fp_class.h>. | |
3544 | ||
781b178c JH |
3545 | i_gdbm (i_gdbm.U): |
3546 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GDBM symbol, which | |
3547 | indicates to the C program that <gdbm.h> exists and should | |
3548 | be included. | |
3549 | ||
a33f2d9f AD |
3550 | i_gdbm_ndbm (i_ndbm.U): |
3551 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GDBM_NDBM symbol, which | |
3552 | indicates to the C program that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should | |
3553 | be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file | |
3554 | in Debian 4.0. | |
3555 | ||
3556 | i_gdbmndbm (i_ndbm.U): | |
3557 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GDBMNDBM symbol, which | |
3558 | indicates to the C program that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should | |
3559 | be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file | |
3560 | in RedHat 7.1. | |
3561 | ||
781b178c JH |
3562 | i_grp (i_grp.U): |
3563 | This variable conditionally defines the I_GRP symbol, and indicates | |
3564 | whether a C program should include <grp.h>. | |
3565 | ||
792d8dab JH |
3566 | i_ieeefp (i_ieeefp.U): |
3567 | This variable conditionally defines the I_IEEEFP symbol, and indicates | |
3568 | whether a C program should include <ieeefp.h>. | |
3569 | ||
781b178c JH |
3570 | i_inttypes (i_inttypes.U): |
3571 | This variable conditionally defines the I_INTTYPES symbol, | |
3572 | and indicates whether a C program should include <inttypes.h>. | |
3573 | ||
2765b840 JH |
3574 | i_langinfo (i_langinfo.U): |
3575 | This variable conditionally defines the I_LANGINFO symbol, | |
3576 | and indicates whether a C program should include <langinfo.h>. | |
3577 | ||
af960fef JH |
3578 | i_libutil (i_libutil.U): |
3579 | This variable conditionally defines the I_LIBUTIL symbol, and indicates | |
3580 | whether a C program should include <libutil.h>. | |
3581 | ||
781b178c JH |
3582 | i_locale (i_locale.U): |
3583 | This variable conditionally defines the I_LOCALE symbol, | |
3584 | and indicates whether a C program should include <locale.h>. | |
3585 | ||
3586 | i_machcthr (i_machcthr.U): | |
3587 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MACH_CTHREADS symbol, | |
3588 | and indicates whether a C program should include <mach/cthreads.h>. | |
3589 | ||
3590 | i_malloc (i_malloc.U): | |
3591 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MALLOC symbol, and indicates | |
3592 | whether a C program should include <malloc.h>. | |
3593 | ||
1cd66f7c DD |
3594 | i_mallocmalloc (i_mallocmalloc.U): |
3595 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MALLOCMALLOC symbol, | |
3596 | and indicates whether a C program should include <malloc/malloc.h>. | |
3597 | ||
ea442100 JH |
3598 | i_mntent (i_mntent.U): |
3599 | This variable conditionally defines the I_MNTENT symbol, and indicates | |
3600 | whether a C program should include <mntent.h>. | |
3601 | ||
781b178c JH |
3602 | i_ndbm (i_ndbm.U): |
3603 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NDBM symbol, which | |
3604 | indicates to the C program that <ndbm.h> exists and should | |
3605 | be included. | |
3606 | ||
3607 | i_netdb (i_netdb.U): | |
3608 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NETDB symbol, and indicates | |
3609 | whether a C program should include <netdb.h>. | |
3610 | ||
3611 | i_neterrno (i_neterrno.U): | |
3612 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NET_ERRNO symbol, which | |
3613 | indicates to the C program that <net/errno.h> exists and should | |
3614 | be included. | |
3615 | ||
3616 | i_netinettcp (i_netinettcp.U): | |
3617 | This variable conditionally defines the I_NETINET_TCP symbol, | |
3618 | and indicates whether a C program should include <netinet/tcp.h>. | |
3619 | ||
3620 | i_niin (i_niin.U): | |
3621 | This variable conditionally defines I_NETINET_IN, which indicates | |
3622 | to the C program that it should include <netinet/in.h>. Otherwise, | |
3623 | you may try <sys/in.h>. | |
3624 | ||
3625 | i_poll (i_poll.U): | |
3626 | This variable conditionally defines the I_POLL symbol, and indicates | |
3627 | whether a C program should include <poll.h>. | |
3628 | ||
3813c136 JH |
3629 | i_prot (i_prot.U): |
3630 | This variable conditionally defines the I_PROT symbol, and indicates | |
3631 | whether a C program should include <prot.h>. | |
3632 | ||
781b178c | 3633 | i_pthread (i_pthread.U): |
190b66db | 3634 | This variable conditionally defines the I_PTHREAD symbol, |
781b178c JH |
3635 | and indicates whether a C program should include <pthread.h>. |
3636 | ||
3637 | i_pwd (i_pwd.U): | |
3638 | This variable conditionally defines I_PWD, which indicates | |
3639 | to the C program that it should include <pwd.h>. | |
3640 | ||
4e5044f0 JH |
3641 | i_quadmath (i_quadmath.U): |
3642 | This variable conditionally defines I_QUADMATH, which indicates | |
3643 | to the C program that it should include <quadmath.h>. | |
3644 | ||
781b178c JH |
3645 | i_rpcsvcdbm (i_dbm.U): |
3646 | This variable conditionally defines the I_RPCSVC_DBM symbol, which | |
3647 | indicates to the C program that <rpcsvc/dbm.h> exists and should | |
3648 | be included. Some System V systems might need this instead of <dbm.h>. | |
3649 | ||
781b178c JH |
3650 | i_sgtty (i_termio.U): |
3651 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SGTTY symbol, which | |
3652 | indicates to the C program that it should include <sgtty.h> rather | |
3653 | than <termio.h>. | |
3654 | ||
3655 | i_shadow (i_shadow.U): | |
3656 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SHADOW symbol, and indicates | |
3657 | whether a C program should include <shadow.h>. | |
3658 | ||
3659 | i_socks (i_socks.U): | |
3660 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SOCKS symbol, and indicates | |
3661 | whether a C program should include <socks.h>. | |
3662 | ||
bd31be4b NC |
3663 | i_stdbool (i_stdbool.U): |
3664 | This variable conditionally defines the I_STDBOOL symbol, which | |
3665 | indicates to the C program that <stdbool.h> exists and should | |
3666 | be included. | |
3667 | ||
83f6d82b JH |
3668 | i_stdint (i_stdint.U): |
3669 | This variable conditionally defines the I_STDINT symbol, which | |
3670 | indicates to the C program that <stdint.h> exists and should | |
3671 | be included. | |
3672 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
3673 | i_stdlib (i_stdlib.U): |
3674 | This variable unconditionally defines the I_STDLIB symbol. | |
3675 | ||
792d8dab JH |
3676 | i_sunmath (i_sunmath.U): |
3677 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SUNMATH symbol, and indicates | |
3678 | whether a C program should include <sunmath.h>. | |
3679 | ||
781b178c JH |
3680 | i_sysaccess (i_sysaccess.U): |
3681 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_ACCESS symbol, | |
3682 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/access.h>. | |
3683 | ||
3684 | i_sysdir (i_sysdir.U): | |
3685 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_DIR symbol, and indicates | |
3686 | whether a C program should include <sys/dir.h>. | |
3687 | ||
3688 | i_sysfile (i_sysfile.U): | |
3689 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_FILE symbol, and indicates | |
3690 | whether a C program should include <sys/file.h> to get R_OK and friends. | |
3691 | ||
3692 | i_sysfilio (i_sysioctl.U): | |
3693 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_FILIO symbol, which | |
3694 | indicates to the C program that <sys/filio.h> exists and should | |
3695 | be included in preference to <sys/ioctl.h>. | |
3696 | ||
3697 | i_sysin (i_niin.U): | |
3698 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_IN, which indicates | |
3699 | to the C program that it should include <sys/in.h> instead of | |
3700 | <netinet/in.h>. | |
3701 | ||
3702 | i_sysioctl (i_sysioctl.U): | |
3703 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_IOCTL symbol, which | |
3704 | indicates to the C program that <sys/ioctl.h> exists and should | |
3705 | be included. | |
3706 | ||
ca52efda JH |
3707 | i_syslog (i_syslog.U): |
3708 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSLOG symbol, | |
3709 | and indicates whether a C program should include <syslog.h>. | |
3710 | ||
fe749a9f | 3711 | i_sysmman (i_sysmman.U): |
1a474c3e AC |
3712 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_MMAN symbol, |
3713 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mman.h>. | |
fe749a9f | 3714 | |
87b71857 JH |
3715 | i_sysmode (i_sysmode.U): |
3716 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSMODE symbol, | |
3717 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mode.h>. | |
3718 | ||
ea442100 JH |
3719 | i_sysmount (i_sysmount.U): |
3720 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSMOUNT symbol, | |
3721 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mount.h>. | |
3722 | ||
781b178c JH |
3723 | i_sysndir (i_sysndir.U): |
3724 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_NDIR symbol, and indicates | |
3725 | whether a C program should include <sys/ndir.h>. | |
3726 | ||
3727 | i_sysparam (i_sysparam.U): | |
3728 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_PARAM symbol, and indicates | |
3729 | whether a C program should include <sys/param.h>. | |
3730 | ||
216dac04 MB |
3731 | i_syspoll (i_syspoll.U): |
3732 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_POLL symbol, which | |
3733 | indicates to the C program that it should include <sys/poll.h>. | |
3734 | ||
781b178c JH |
3735 | i_sysresrc (i_sysresrc.U): |
3736 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_RESOURCE symbol, | |
3737 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/resource.h>. | |
3738 | ||
3739 | i_syssecrt (i_syssecrt.U): | |
3740 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_SECURITY symbol, | |
3741 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/security.h>. | |
3742 | ||
3743 | i_sysselct (i_sysselct.U): | |
3744 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_SELECT, which indicates | |
3745 | to the C program that it should include <sys/select.h> in order to | |
3746 | get the definition of struct timeval. | |
3747 | ||
3748 | i_syssockio (i_sysioctl.U): | |
3749 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_SOCKIO to indicate to the | |
3750 | C program that socket ioctl codes may be found in <sys/sockio.h> | |
3751 | instead of <sys/ioctl.h>. | |
3752 | ||
3753 | i_sysstat (i_sysstat.U): | |
3754 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_STAT symbol, | |
3755 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/stat.h>. | |
3756 | ||
ea442100 JH |
3757 | i_sysstatfs (i_sysstatfs.U): |
3758 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSSTATFS symbol, | |
3759 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/statfs.h>. | |
3760 | ||
3761 | i_sysstatvfs (i_sysstatvfs.U): | |
3762 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSSTATVFS symbol, | |
3763 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/statvfs.h>. | |
3764 | ||
781b178c JH |
3765 | i_systime (i_time.U): |
3766 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_TIME, which indicates | |
3767 | to the C program that it should include <sys/time.h>. | |
3768 | ||
3769 | i_systimek (i_time.U): | |
3770 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL, which | |
3771 | indicates to the C program that it should include <sys/time.h> | |
3772 | with KERNEL defined. | |
3773 | ||
3774 | i_systimes (i_systimes.U): | |
3775 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_TIMES symbol, and indicates | |
3776 | whether a C program should include <sys/times.h>. | |
3777 | ||
3778 | i_systypes (i_systypes.U): | |
3779 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_TYPES symbol, | |
3780 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/types.h>. | |
3781 | ||
3782 | i_sysuio (i_sysuio.U): | |
3783 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSUIO symbol, and indicates | |
3784 | whether a C program should include <sys/uio.h>. | |
3785 | ||
3786 | i_sysun (i_sysun.U): | |
3787 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_UN, which indicates | |
3788 | to the C program that it should include <sys/un.h> to get UNIX | |
3789 | domain socket definitions. | |
3790 | ||
d4935d7f JH |
3791 | i_sysutsname (i_sysutsname.U): |
3792 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSUTSNAME symbol, | |
3793 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/utsname.h>. | |
3794 | ||
ea442100 JH |
3795 | i_sysvfs (i_sysvfs.U): |
3796 | This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSVFS symbol, | |
3797 | and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/vfs.h>. | |
3798 | ||
781b178c JH |
3799 | i_syswait (i_syswait.U): |
3800 | This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_WAIT, which indicates | |
3801 | to the C program that it should include <sys/wait.h>. | |
3802 | ||
3803 | i_termio (i_termio.U): | |
3804 | This variable conditionally defines the I_TERMIO symbol, which | |
3805 | indicates to the C program that it should include <termio.h> rather | |
3806 | than <sgtty.h>. | |
3807 | ||
3808 | i_termios (i_termio.U): | |
3809 | This variable conditionally defines the I_TERMIOS symbol, which | |
3810 | indicates to the C program that the POSIX <termios.h> file is | |
3811 | to be included. | |
3812 | ||
3813 | i_time (i_time.U): | |
7e03b2e3 | 3814 | This variable unconditionally defines I_TIME, which indicates |
781b178c JH |
3815 | to the C program that it should include <time.h>. |
3816 | ||
3817 | i_unistd (i_unistd.U): | |
3818 | This variable conditionally defines the I_UNISTD symbol, and indicates | |
3819 | whether a C program should include <unistd.h>. | |
3820 | ||
ea442100 JH |
3821 | i_ustat (i_ustat.U): |
3822 | This variable conditionally defines the I_USTAT symbol, and indicates | |
3823 | whether a C program should include <ustat.h>. | |
3824 | ||
781b178c JH |
3825 | i_utime (i_utime.U): |
3826 | This variable conditionally defines the I_UTIME symbol, and indicates | |
3827 | whether a C program should include <utime.h>. | |
3828 | ||
781b178c JH |
3829 | i_vfork (i_vfork.U): |
3830 | This variable conditionally defines the I_VFORK symbol, and indicates | |
3831 | whether a C program should include vfork.h. | |
3832 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
3833 | i_wchar (i_wchar.U): |
3834 | This variable conditionally defines the I_WCHAR symbol, | |
3835 | that indicates whether a C program may include <wchar.h>. | |
3836 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
3837 | i_wctype (i_wctype.U): |
3838 | This variable conditionally defines the I_WCTYPE symbol, | |
3839 | that indicates whether a C program may include <wctype.h>. | |
3840 | ||
7e69463d AC |
3841 | i_xlocale (d_newlocale.U): |
3842 | This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should | |
3843 | include <xlocale.h> to get uselocale() and its friends | |
3844 | ||
781b178c JH |
3845 | ignore_versioned_solibs (libs.U): |
3846 | This variable should be non-empty if non-versioned shared | |
3847 | libraries (libfoo.so.x.y) are to be ignored (because they | |
3848 | cannot be linked against). | |
3849 | ||
ff935051 JH |
3850 | inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U): |
3851 | This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over | |
3852 | which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically | |
3a096bf3 JH |
3853 | search when adding directories to @INC. The elements in |
3854 | the list are separated by spaces. This is only useful | |
ff935051 JH |
3855 | if you have a perl library directory tree structured like the |
3856 | default one. See INSTALL for how this works. The versioned | |
3857 | site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, so that is the | |
3858 | lowest possible value. | |
3859 | ||
df4c34dc MB |
3860 | This list includes architecture-dependent directories back to |
3861 | version $api_versionstring (e.g. 5.5.640) and | |
3862 | architecture-independent directories all the way back to | |
3863 | 5.005. | |
3864 | ||
3a096bf3 JH |
3865 | inc_version_list_init (inc_version_list.U): |
3866 | This variable holds the same list as inc_version_list, but | |
635aebb7 | 3867 | each item is enclosed in double quotes and separated by commas, |
3a096bf3 JH |
3868 | suitable for use in the PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST initialization. |
3869 | ||
781b178c | 3870 | incpath (usrinc.U): |
bce0fc72 | 3871 | This variable must precede the normal include path to get the |
209e5c0a | 3872 | right one, as in "$incpath/usr/include" or "$incpath/usr/lib". |
781b178c JH |
3873 | Value can be "" or "/bsd43" on mips. |
3874 | ||
56b575b9 MB |
3875 | incpth (libpth.U): |
3876 | This variable must precede the normal include path to get the | |
3877 | right one, as in "$incpath/usr/include" or "$incpath/usr/lib". | |
3878 | Value can be "" or "/bsd43" on mips. | |
3879 | ||
781b178c JH |
3880 | inews (Loc.U): |
3881 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 3882 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 3883 | |
df4c34dc MB |
3884 | initialinstalllocation (bin.U): |
3885 | When userelocatableinc is true, this variable holds the location | |
3886 | that make install should copy the perl binary to, with all the | |
3887 | run-time relocatable paths calculated from this at install time. | |
1332606d | 3888 | When used, it is initialized to the original value of binexp, and |
df4c34dc MB |
3889 | then binexp is set to '.../', as the other binaries are found |
3890 | relative to the perl binary. | |
3891 | ||
781b178c JH |
3892 | installarchlib (archlib.U): |
3893 | This variable is really the same as archlibexp but may differ on | |
3894 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3895 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3896 | ||
3897 | installbin (bin.U): | |
3898 | This variable is the same as binexp unless AFS is running in which case | |
47e01c32 | 3899 | the user is explicitly prompted for it. This variable should always |
781b178c JH |
3900 | be used in your makefiles for maximum portability. |
3901 | ||
10305dfa | 3902 | installhtml1dir (html1dir.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
3903 | This variable is really the same as html1direxp, unless you are |
3904 | using a different installprefix. For extra portability, you | |
10305dfa JH |
3905 | should only use this variable within your makefiles. |
3906 | ||
3907 | installhtml3dir (html3dir.U): | |
635aebb7 AL |
3908 | This variable is really the same as html3direxp, unless you are |
3909 | using a different installprefix. For extra portability, you | |
10305dfa JH |
3910 | should only use this variable within your makefiles. |
3911 | ||
781b178c JH |
3912 | installman1dir (man1dir.U): |
3913 | This variable is really the same as man1direxp, unless you are using | |
3914 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas | |
3915 | man1direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3916 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3917 | ||
3918 | installman3dir (man3dir.U): | |
3919 | This variable is really the same as man3direxp, unless you are using | |
3920 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas | |
3921 | man3direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3922 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3923 | ||
3924 | installprefix (installprefix.U): | |
635aebb7 | 3925 | This variable holds the name of the directory below which |
781b178c JH |
3926 | "make install" will install the package. For most users, this |
3927 | is the same as prefix. However, it is useful for | |
3928 | installing the software into a different (usually temporary) | |
3929 | location after which it can be bundled up and moved somehow | |
3930 | to the final location specified by prefix. | |
3931 | ||
3932 | installprefixexp (installprefix.U): | |
3933 | This variable holds the full absolute path of installprefix | |
3934 | with all ~-expansion done. | |
3935 | ||
3936 | installprivlib (privlib.U): | |
3937 | This variable is really the same as privlibexp but may differ on | |
3938 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3939 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3940 | ||
3941 | installscript (scriptdir.U): | |
3942 | This variable is usually the same as scriptdirexp, unless you are on | |
3943 | a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You | |
3944 | should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. | |
3945 | ||
3946 | installsitearch (sitearch.U): | |
3947 | This variable is really the same as sitearchexp but may differ on | |
3948 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3949 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3950 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
3951 | installsitebin (sitebin.U): |
3952 | This variable is usually the same as sitebinexp, unless you are on | |
3953 | a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You | |
3954 | should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. | |
3955 | ||
e755722e JH |
3956 | installsitehtml1dir (sitehtml1dir.U): |
3957 | This variable is really the same as sitehtml1direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
3958 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
3959 | html1direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3960 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3961 | ||
e755722e JH |
3962 | installsitehtml3dir (sitehtml3dir.U): |
3963 | This variable is really the same as sitehtml3direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
3964 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
3965 | html3direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3966 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3967 | ||
781b178c JH |
3968 | installsitelib (sitelib.U): |
3969 | This variable is really the same as sitelibexp but may differ on | |
3970 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
3971 | should be used in makefiles. | |
3972 | ||
e755722e JH |
3973 | installsiteman1dir (siteman1dir.U): |
3974 | This variable is really the same as siteman1direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
3975 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
3976 | man1direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3977 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3978 | ||
e755722e JH |
3979 | installsiteman3dir (siteman3dir.U): |
3980 | This variable is really the same as siteman3direxp, unless you are using | |
10305dfa JH |
3981 | AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas |
3982 | man3direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra | |
3983 | portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. | |
3984 | ||
3985 | installsitescript (sitescript.U): | |
3986 | This variable is usually the same as sitescriptexp, unless you are on | |
3987 | a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You | |
3988 | should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. | |
3989 | ||
781b178c JH |
3990 | installstyle (installstyle.U): |
3991 | This variable describes the "style" of the perl installation. | |
3992 | This is intended to be useful for tools that need to | |
3993 | manipulate entire perl distributions. Perl itself doesn't use | |
3994 | this to find its libraries -- the library directories are | |
3995 | stored directly in Config.pm. Currently, there are only two | |
3996 | styles: "lib" and "lib/perl5". The default library locations | |
3997 | (e.g. privlib, sitelib) are either $prefix/lib or | |
3998 | $prefix/lib/perl5. The former is useful if $prefix is a | |
3999 | directory dedicated to perl (e.g. /opt/perl), while the latter | |
4000 | is useful if $prefix is shared by many packages, e.g. if | |
4001 | $prefix=/usr/local. | |
9c20e9bc | 4002 | |
123f32c0 MB |
4003 | Unfortunately, while this "style" variable is used to set |
4004 | defaults for all three directory hierarchies (core, vendor, and | |
4005 | site), there is no guarantee that the same style is actually | |
4006 | appropriate for all those directories. For example, $prefix | |
4007 | might be /opt/perl, but $siteprefix might be /usr/local. | |
4008 | (Perhaps, in retrospect, the "lib" style should never have been | |
4009 | supported, but it did seem like a nice idea at the time.) | |
4010 | ||
4011 | The situation is even less clear for tools such as MakeMaker | |
4012 | that can be used to install additional modules into | |
4013 | non-standard places. For example, if a user intends to install | |
4014 | a module into a private directory (perhaps by setting PREFIX on | |
4015 | the Makefile.PL command line), then there is no reason to | |
4016 | assume that the Configure-time $installstyle setting will be | |
4017 | relevant for that PREFIX. | |
4018 | ||
9c20e9bc | 4019 | This may later be extended to include other information, so |
781b178c | 4020 | be careful with pattern-matching on the results. |
9c20e9bc JH |
4021 | |
4022 | For compatibility with perl5.005 and earlier, the default | |
781b178c JH |
4023 | setting is based on whether or not $prefix contains the string |
4024 | "perl". | |
4025 | ||
4026 | installusrbinperl (instubperl.U): | |
4027 | This variable tells whether Perl should be installed also as | |
4028 | /usr/bin/perl in addition to | |
4029 | $installbin/perl | |
4030 | ||
526fdc24 MS |
4031 | installvendorarch (vendorarch.U): |
4032 | This variable is really the same as vendorarchexp but may differ on | |
4033 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
4034 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4035 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
4036 | installvendorbin (vendorbin.U): |
4037 | This variable is really the same as vendorbinexp but may differ on | |
4038 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
4039 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4040 | ||
e755722e JH |
4041 | installvendorhtml1dir (vendorhtml1dir.U): |
4042 | This variable is really the same as vendorhtml1direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
4043 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
4044 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4045 | ||
e755722e JH |
4046 | installvendorhtml3dir (vendorhtml3dir.U): |
4047 | This variable is really the same as vendorhtml3direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
4048 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
4049 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4050 | ||
a3635516 JH |
4051 | installvendorlib (vendorlib.U): |
4052 | This variable is really the same as vendorlibexp but may differ on | |
4053 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
4054 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4055 | ||
e755722e JH |
4056 | installvendorman1dir (vendorman1dir.U): |
4057 | This variable is really the same as vendorman1direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
4058 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
4059 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4060 | ||
e755722e JH |
4061 | installvendorman3dir (vendorman3dir.U): |
4062 | This variable is really the same as vendorman3direxp but may differ on | |
10305dfa JH |
4063 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable |
4064 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4065 | ||
4066 | installvendorscript (vendorscript.U): | |
4067 | This variable is really the same as vendorscriptexp but may differ on | |
4068 | those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable | |
4069 | should be used in makefiles. | |
4070 | ||
781b178c JH |
4071 | intsize (intsize.U): |
4072 | This variable contains the value of the INTSIZE symbol, which | |
4073 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in an int. | |
4074 | ||
4b661809 | 4075 | issymlink (issymlink.U): |
983dbef6 JH |
4076 | This variable holds the test command to test for a symbolic link |
4077 | (if they are supported). Typical values include 'test -h' and | |
4078 | 'test -L'. | |
4b661809 | 4079 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
4080 | ivdformat (perlxvf.U): |
4081 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
635aebb7 | 4082 | a Perl IV as a signed decimal integer. |
a22e52b9 JH |
4083 | |
4084 | ivsize (perlxv.U): | |
4085 | This variable is the size of an IV in bytes. | |
4086 | ||
4087 | ivtype (perlxv.U): | |
4088 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's IV. | |
4089 | ||
781b178c | 4090 | known_extensions (Extensions.U): |
f7b3892b NC |
4091 | This variable holds a list of all extensions (both XS and non-xs) |
4092 | included in the package source distribution. This information is | |
4093 | only really of use during the Perl build, as the list makes no | |
4094 | distinction between extensions which were build and installed, and | |
4095 | those which where not. See "extensions" for the list of extensions | |
4096 | actually built and available. | |
781b178c JH |
4097 | |
4098 | ksh (Loc.U): | |
4099 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4100 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 4101 | |
781b178c JH |
4102 | ld (dlsrc.U): |
4103 | This variable indicates the program to be used to link | |
4104 | libraries for dynamic loading. On some systems, it is 'ld'. | |
4105 | On ELF systems, it should be $cc. Mostly, we'll try to respect | |
4106 | the hint file setting. | |
4107 | ||
9ec4dadf MB |
4108 | ld_can_script (dlsrc.U): |
4109 | This variable shows if the loader accepts scripts in the form of | |
4110 | -Wl,--version-script=ld.script. This is currently only supported | |
4111 | for GNU ld on ELF in dynamic loading builds. | |
4112 | ||
781b178c JH |
4113 | lddlflags (dlsrc.U): |
4114 | This variable contains any special flags that might need to be | |
4115 | passed to $ld to create a shared library suitable for dynamic | |
4116 | loading. It is up to the makefile to use it. For hpux, it | |
4117 | should be '-b'. For sunos 4.1, it is empty. | |
4118 | ||
4119 | ldflags (ccflags.U): | |
4120 | This variable contains any additional C loader flags desired by | |
4121 | the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
4122 | ||
af960fef JH |
4123 | ldflags_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
4124 | This variable contains the loader flags needed by large file builds | |
4125 | and added to ldflags by hints files. | |
4126 | ||
781b178c JH |
4127 | ldlibpthname (libperl.U): |
4128 | This variable holds the name of the shared library | |
4129 | search path, often LD_LIBRARY_PATH. To get an empty | |
4130 | string, the hints file must set this to 'none'. | |
4131 | ||
4132 | less (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4133 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4134 | full pathname (if any) of the less program. After Configure runs, |
4135 | the value is reset to a plain "less" and is not useful. | |
4136 | ||
4137 | lib_ext (Unix.U): | |
4138 | This is an old synonym for _a. | |
4139 | ||
4140 | libc (libc.U): | |
4141 | This variable contains the location of the C library. | |
4142 | ||
4143 | libperl (libperl.U): | |
4144 | The perl executable is obtained by linking perlmain.c with | |
4145 | libperl, any static extensions (usually just DynaLoader), | |
4146 | and any other libraries needed on this system. libperl | |
4147 | is usually libperl.a, but can also be libperl.so.xxx if | |
4148 | the user wishes to build a perl executable with a shared | |
4149 | library. | |
4150 | ||
4151 | libpth (libpth.U): | |
4152 | This variable holds the general path (space-separated) used to find | |
4153 | libraries. It is intended to be used by other units. | |
4154 | ||
4155 | libs (libs.U): | |
4156 | This variable holds the additional libraries we want to use. | |
9285ede2 | 4157 | It is up to the Makefile to deal with it. The list can be empty. |
781b178c | 4158 | |
fe749a9f JH |
4159 | libsdirs (libs.U): |
4160 | This variable holds the directory names aka dirnames of the libraries | |
4161 | we found and accepted, duplicates are removed. | |
4162 | ||
4163 | libsfiles (libs.U): | |
4164 | This variable holds the filenames aka basenames of the libraries | |
4165 | we found and accepted. | |
4166 | ||
4167 | libsfound (libs.U): | |
4168 | This variable holds the full pathnames of the libraries | |
4169 | we found and accepted. | |
4170 | ||
13b3f787 JH |
4171 | libspath (libs.U): |
4172 | This variable holds the directory names probed for libraries. | |
4173 | ||
781b178c JH |
4174 | libswanted (Myinit.U): |
4175 | This variable holds a list of all the libraries we want to | |
4176 | search. The order is chosen to pick up the c library | |
4177 | ahead of ucb or bsd libraries for SVR4. | |
4178 | ||
af960fef JH |
4179 | libswanted_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
4180 | This variable contains the libraries needed by large file builds | |
4181 | and added to ldflags by hints files. It is a space separated list | |
4182 | of the library names without the "lib" prefix or any suffix, just | |
209e5c0a | 4183 | like libswanted.. |
af960fef | 4184 | |
781b178c | 4185 | line (Loc.U): |
ff935051 | 4186 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. |
fcdf39cf | 4187 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4188 | |
4189 | lint (Loc.U): | |
4190 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4191 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4192 | |
4193 | lkflags (ccflags.U): | |
4194 | This variable contains any additional C partial linker flags desired by | |
4195 | the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
4196 | ||
4197 | ln (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4198 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4199 | full pathname (if any) of the ln program. After Configure runs, |
4200 | the value is reset to a plain "ln" and is not useful. | |
4201 | ||
4202 | lns (lns.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4203 | This variable holds the name of the command to make |
781b178c JH |
4204 | symbolic links (if they are supported). It can be used |
4205 | in the Makefile. It is either 'ln -s' or 'ln' | |
4206 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
4207 | localtime_r_proto (d_localtime_r.U): |
4208 | This variable encodes the prototype of localtime_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4209 | It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the |
4210 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r | |
4211 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4212 | |
781b178c JH |
4213 | locincpth (ccflags.U): |
4214 | This variable contains a list of additional directories to be | |
4215 | searched by the compiler. The appropriate '-I' directives will | |
4216 | be added to ccflags. This is intended to simplify setting | |
4217 | local directories from the Configure command line. | |
4218 | It's not much, but it parallels the loclibpth stuff in libpth.U. | |
4219 | ||
4220 | loclibpth (libpth.U): | |
4221 | This variable holds the paths (space-separated) used to find local | |
4222 | libraries. It is prepended to libpth, and is intended to be easily | |
4223 | set from the command line. | |
4224 | ||
44521f3a JH |
4225 | longdblinfbytes (infnan.U): |
4226 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
4227 | for the long double precision infinity. | |
4228 | ||
db8b8c75 | 4229 | longdblkind (d_longdbl.U): |
dc91db6c | 4230 | This variable, if defined, encodes the type of a long double: |
2640dfa8 MB |
4231 | 0 = double, |
4232 | 1 = IEEE 754 128-bit little endian, | |
4233 | 2 = IEEE 754 128-bit big endian, | |
4234 | 3 = x86 80-bit little endian, | |
4235 | 4 = x86 80-bit big endian, | |
4236 | 5 = double-double 128-bit little endian, | |
4237 | 6 = double-double 128-bit big endian, | |
884c85de MB |
4238 | 7 = 128-bit mixed-endian double-double (64-bit LEs in BE), |
4239 | 8 = 128-bit mixed-endian double-double (64-bit BEs in LE), | |
4240 | 9 = 128-bit PDP-style mixed-endian long doubles, | |
2640dfa8 | 4241 | -1 = unknown format. |
dc91db6c | 4242 | |
2640dfa8 | 4243 | longdblmantbits (mantbits.U): |
ed3917fd JH |
4244 | This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits |
4245 | there are in long double precision floating point format. | |
4246 | Note that this can be LDBL_MANT_DIG minus one, | |
4247 | since LDBL_MANT_DIG can include the IEEE 754 implicit bit. | |
4248 | The common x86-style 80-bit long double does not have | |
4249 | an implicit bit. | |
4250 | ||
44521f3a JH |
4251 | longdblnanbytes (infnan.U): |
4252 | This variable contains comma-separated list of hexadecimal bytes | |
4253 | for the long double precision not-a-number. | |
4254 | ||
781b178c JH |
4255 | longdblsize (d_longdbl.U): |
4256 | This variable contains the value of the LONG_DOUBLESIZE symbol, which | |
4257 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long double, | |
0cd93aca JH |
4258 | if this system supports long doubles. Note that this is |
4259 | sizeof(long double), which may include unused bytes. | |
781b178c JH |
4260 | |
4261 | longlongsize (d_longlong.U): | |
4262 | This variable contains the value of the LONGLONGSIZE symbol, which | |
4263 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long long, | |
4264 | if this system supports long long. | |
4265 | ||
4266 | longsize (intsize.U): | |
4267 | This variable contains the value of the LONGSIZE symbol, which | |
4268 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long. | |
4269 | ||
4270 | lp (Loc.U): | |
4271 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4272 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4273 | |
4274 | lpr (Loc.U): | |
4275 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4276 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4277 | |
4278 | ls (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4279 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4280 | full pathname (if any) of the ls program. After Configure runs, |
4281 | the value is reset to a plain "ls" and is not useful. | |
4282 | ||
4283 | lseeksize (lseektype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4284 | This variable defines lseektype to be something like off_t, long, |
781b178c JH |
4285 | or whatever type is used to declare lseek offset's type in the |
4286 | kernel (which also appears to be lseek's return type). | |
4287 | ||
4288 | lseektype (lseektype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4289 | This variable defines lseektype to be something like off_t, long, |
781b178c JH |
4290 | or whatever type is used to declare lseek offset's type in the |
4291 | kernel (which also appears to be lseek's return type). | |
4292 | ||
4293 | mail (Loc.U): | |
4294 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4295 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4296 | |
4297 | mailx (Loc.U): | |
4298 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4299 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4300 | |
4301 | make (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4302 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
c532c9d1 JH |
4303 | full pathname (if any) of the make program. After Configure runs, |
4304 | the value is reset to a plain "make" and is not useful. | |
4305 | ||
781b178c JH |
4306 | make_set_make (make.U): |
4307 | Some versions of 'make' set the variable MAKE. Others do not. | |
4308 | This variable contains the string to be included in Makefile.SH | |
4309 | so that MAKE is set if needed, and not if not needed. | |
4310 | Possible values are: | |
44b94491 | 4311 | |
781b178c | 4312 | make_set_make='#' # If your make program handles this for you, |
44b94491 | 4313 | |
781b178c | 4314 | make_set_make="MAKE=$make" # if it doesn't. |
44b94491 | 4315 | |
5bcaa86b | 4316 | This uses a comment character so that we can distinguish a |
1a474c3e | 4317 | 'set' value (from a previous config.sh or Configure '-D' option) |
781b178c JH |
4318 | from an uncomputed value. |
4319 | ||
4320 | mallocobj (mallocsrc.U): | |
4321 | This variable contains the name of the malloc.o that this package | |
4322 | generates, if that malloc.o is preferred over the system malloc. | |
4323 | Otherwise the value is null. This variable is intended for generating | |
4324 | Makefiles. See mallocsrc. | |
4325 | ||
4326 | mallocsrc (mallocsrc.U): | |
4327 | This variable contains the name of the malloc.c that comes with | |
4328 | the package, if that malloc.c is preferred over the system malloc. | |
4329 | Otherwise the value is null. This variable is intended for generating | |
4330 | Makefiles. | |
4331 | ||
4332 | malloctype (mallocsrc.U): | |
4333 | This variable contains the kind of ptr returned by malloc and realloc. | |
4334 | ||
4335 | man1dir (man1dir.U): | |
4336 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which manual | |
4337 | source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
4338 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
4339 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
4340 | ||
4341 | man1direxp (man1dir.U): | |
4342 | This variable is the same as the man1dir variable, but is filename | |
4343 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
4344 | ||
4345 | man1ext (man1dir.U): | |
4346 | This variable contains the extension that the manual page should | |
4347 | have: one of 'n', 'l', or '1'. The Makefile must supply the '.'. | |
4348 | See man1dir. | |
4349 | ||
4350 | man3dir (man3dir.U): | |
4351 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which manual | |
4352 | source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
4353 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
4354 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
4355 | ||
4356 | man3direxp (man3dir.U): | |
4357 | This variable is the same as the man3dir variable, but is filename | |
4358 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. | |
4359 | ||
4360 | man3ext (man3dir.U): | |
4361 | This variable contains the extension that the manual page should | |
4362 | have: one of 'n', 'l', or '3'. The Makefile must supply the '.'. | |
4363 | See man3dir. | |
4364 | ||
781b178c JH |
4365 | mips_type (usrinc.U): |
4366 | This variable holds the environment type for the mips system. | |
4367 | Possible values are "BSD 4.3" and "System V". | |
4368 | ||
65d1576c | 4369 | mistrustnm (Csym.U): |
5129fff4 JH |
4370 | This variable can be used to establish a fallthrough for the cases |
4371 | where nm fails to find a symbol. If usenm is false or usenm is true | |
4372 | and mistrustnm is false, this variable has no effect. If usenm is true | |
4373 | and mistrustnm is "compile", a test program will be compiled to try to | |
4374 | find any symbol that can't be located via nm lookup. If mistrustnm is | |
4375 | "run", the test program will be run as well as being compiled. | |
4376 | ||
781b178c | 4377 | mkdir (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 4378 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4379 | full pathname (if any) of the mkdir program. After Configure runs, |
4380 | the value is reset to a plain "mkdir" and is not useful. | |
4381 | ||
fe749a9f JH |
4382 | mmaptype (d_mmap.U): |
4383 | This symbol contains the type of pointer returned by mmap() | |
4384 | (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). | |
4385 | It can be 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. | |
4386 | ||
781b178c | 4387 | modetype (modetype.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
4388 | This variable defines modetype to be something like mode_t, |
4389 | int, unsigned short, or whatever type is used to declare file | |
781b178c JH |
4390 | modes for system calls. |
4391 | ||
4392 | more (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4393 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4394 | full pathname (if any) of the more program. After Configure runs, |
4395 | the value is reset to a plain "more" and is not useful. | |
4396 | ||
4397 | multiarch (multiarch.U): | |
4398 | This variable conditionally defines the MULTIARCH symbol | |
4399 | which signifies the presence of multiplatform files. | |
4400 | This is normally set by hints files. | |
4401 | ||
4402 | mv (Loc.U): | |
4403 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4404 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4405 | |
4406 | myarchname (archname.U): | |
4407 | This variable holds the architecture name computed by Configure in | |
4408 | a previous run. It is not intended to be perused by any user and | |
4409 | should never be set in a hint file. | |
4410 | ||
4411 | mydomain (myhostname.U): | |
4412 | This variable contains the eventual value of the MYDOMAIN symbol, | |
4413 | which is the domain of the host the program is going to run on. | |
4414 | The domain must be appended to myhostname to form a complete host name. | |
4415 | The dot comes with mydomain, and need not be supplied by the program. | |
4416 | ||
4417 | myhostname (myhostname.U): | |
4418 | This variable contains the eventual value of the MYHOSTNAME symbol, | |
4419 | which is the name of the host the program is going to run on. | |
4420 | The domain is not kept with hostname, but must be gotten from mydomain. | |
4421 | The dot comes with mydomain, and need not be supplied by the program. | |
4422 | ||
4423 | myuname (Oldconfig.U): | |
1332606d MB |
4424 | The output of 'uname -a' if available, otherwise the hostname. |
4425 | The whole thing is then lower-cased and slashes and single quotes are | |
4426 | removed. | |
781b178c JH |
4427 | |
4428 | n (n.U): | |
1a474c3e | 4429 | This variable contains the '-n' flag if that is what causes the echo |
781b178c JH |
4430 | command to suppress newline. Otherwise it is null. Correct usage is |
4431 | $echo $n "prompt for a question: $c". | |
4432 | ||
2cc61e15 DD |
4433 | need_va_copy (need_va_copy.U): |
4434 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores | |
4435 | the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format | |
4436 | that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some | |
4437 | other means must be used when copying is required. | |
4438 | As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) | |
4439 | of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- | |
4440 | independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. | |
4441 | ||
781b178c JH |
4442 | netdb_hlen_type (netdbtype.U): |
4443 | This variable holds the type used for the 2nd argument to | |
4444 | gethostbyaddr(). Usually, this is int or size_t or unsigned. | |
4445 | This is only useful if you have gethostbyaddr(), naturally. | |
4446 | ||
4447 | netdb_host_type (netdbtype.U): | |
4448 | This variable holds the type used for the 1st argument to | |
4449 | gethostbyaddr(). Usually, this is char * or void *, possibly | |
4450 | with or without a const prefix. | |
4451 | This is only useful if you have gethostbyaddr(), naturally. | |
4452 | ||
4453 | netdb_name_type (netdbtype.U): | |
4454 | This variable holds the type used for the argument to | |
4455 | gethostbyname(). Usually, this is char * or const char *. | |
4456 | This is only useful if you have gethostbyname(), naturally. | |
4457 | ||
4458 | netdb_net_type (netdbtype.U): | |
4459 | This variable holds the type used for the 1st argument to | |
4460 | getnetbyaddr(). Usually, this is int or long. | |
4461 | This is only useful if you have getnetbyaddr(), naturally. | |
4462 | ||
4463 | nm (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4464 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4465 | full pathname (if any) of the nm program. After Configure runs, |
4466 | the value is reset to a plain "nm" and is not useful. | |
4467 | ||
4468 | nm_opt (usenm.U): | |
4469 | This variable holds the options that may be necessary for nm. | |
4470 | ||
4471 | nm_so_opt (usenm.U): | |
4472 | This variable holds the options that may be necessary for nm | |
4473 | to work on a shared library but that can not be used on an | |
4474 | archive library. Currently, this is only used by Linux, where | |
4475 | nm --dynamic is *required* to get symbols from an ELF library which | |
4476 | has been stripped, but nm --dynamic is *fatal* on an archive library. | |
4477 | Maybe Linux should just always set usenm=false. | |
4478 | ||
4479 | nonxs_ext (Extensions.U): | |
f7b3892b NC |
4480 | This variable holds a list of all non-xs extensions built and |
4481 | installed by the package. By default, all non-xs extensions | |
4482 | distributed will be built, with the exception of platform-specific | |
4483 | extensions (currently only one VMS specific extension). | |
781b178c JH |
4484 | |
4485 | nroff (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4486 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4487 | full pathname (if any) of the nroff program. After Configure runs, |
4488 | the value is reset to a plain "nroff" and is not useful. | |
4489 | ||
b68c599a NC |
4490 | nv_overflows_integers_at (perlxv.U): |
4491 | This variable gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold | |
4492 | as a constant floating point expression. | |
4493 | If it could not be determined, it holds the value 0. | |
4494 | ||
4137585d MB |
4495 | nv_preserves_uv_bits (perlxv.U): |
4496 | This variable indicates how many of bits type uvtype | |
4497 | a variable nvtype can preserve. | |
4498 | ||
6b4667fc A |
4499 | nveformat (perlxvf.U): |
4500 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4501 | a Perl NV using %e-ish floating point format. | |
4502 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4503 | nvEUformat (perlxvf.U): |
4504 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4505 | a Perl NV using %E-ish floating point format. | |
4506 | ||
6b4667fc | 4507 | nvfformat (perlxvf.U): |
1332606d | 4508 | This variable contains the format string used for printing |
6b4667fc A |
4509 | a Perl NV using %f-ish floating point format. |
4510 | ||
4d54317a | 4511 | nvFUformat (perlxvf.U): |
1332606d | 4512 | This variable contains the format string used for printing |
4d54317a JH |
4513 | a Perl NV using %F-ish floating point format. |
4514 | ||
6b4667fc A |
4515 | nvgformat (perlxvf.U): |
4516 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4517 | a Perl NV using %g-ish floating point format. | |
4518 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4519 | nvGUformat (perlxvf.U): |
4520 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
4521 | a Perl NV using %G-ish floating point format. | |
4522 | ||
5a14060a JH |
4523 | nvmantbits (mantbits.U): |
4524 | This variable tells how many bits the mantissa of a Perl NV has, | |
4525 | not including the possible implicit bit. | |
4526 | ||
a22e52b9 | 4527 | nvsize (perlxv.U): |
0cd93aca JH |
4528 | This variable is the size of a Perl NV in bytes. |
4529 | Note that some floating point formats have unused bytes. | |
a22e52b9 JH |
4530 | |
4531 | nvtype (perlxv.U): | |
4532 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's NV. | |
4533 | ||
781b178c JH |
4534 | o_nonblock (nblock_io.U): |
4535 | This variable bears the symbol value to be used during open() or fcntl() | |
4536 | to turn on non-blocking I/O for a file descriptor. If you wish to switch | |
4537 | between blocking and non-blocking, you may try ioctl(FIOSNBIO) instead, | |
4538 | but that is only supported by some devices. | |
4539 | ||
4540 | obj_ext (Unix.U): | |
4541 | This is an old synonym for _o. | |
4542 | ||
4543 | old_pthread_create_joinable (d_pthrattrj.U): | |
4544 | This variable defines the constant to use for creating joinable | |
4545 | (aka undetached) pthreads. Unused if pthread.h defines | |
4546 | PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE. If used, possible values are | |
4547 | PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED and __UNDETACHED. | |
4548 | ||
4549 | optimize (ccflags.U): | |
4550 | This variable contains any optimizer/debugger flag that should be used. | |
4551 | It is up to the Makefile to use it. | |
4552 | ||
4553 | orderlib (orderlib.U): | |
4554 | This variable is "true" if the components of libraries must be ordered | |
4555 | (with `lorder $* | tsort`) before placing them in an archive. Set to | |
4556 | "false" if ranlib or ar can generate random libraries. | |
4557 | ||
4558 | osname (Oldconfig.U): | |
4559 | This variable contains the operating system name (e.g. sunos, | |
4560 | solaris, hpux, etc.). It can be useful later on for setting | |
4561 | defaults. Any spaces are replaced with underscores. It is set | |
4562 | to a null string if we can't figure it out. | |
4563 | ||
4564 | osvers (Oldconfig.U): | |
4565 | This variable contains the operating system version (e.g. | |
4566 | 4.1.3, 5.2, etc.). It is primarily used for helping select | |
4567 | an appropriate hints file, but might be useful elsewhere for | |
4568 | setting defaults. It is set to '' if we can't figure it out. | |
4569 | We try to be flexible about how much of the version number | |
4570 | to keep, e.g. if 4.1.1, 4.1.2, and 4.1.3 are essentially the | |
4571 | same for this package, hints files might just be os_4.0 or | |
4572 | os_4.1, etc., not keeping separate files for each little release. | |
4573 | ||
3b777bb4 GS |
4574 | otherlibdirs (otherlibdirs.U): |
4575 | This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl | |
4576 | binary to search for additional library files or modules. | |
4577 | These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. | |
4578 | Perl will automatically search below each path for version- | |
4579 | and architecture-specific directories. See inc_version_list | |
4580 | for more details. | |
4581 | A value of ' ' means 'none' and is used to preserve this value | |
4582 | for the next run through Configure. | |
4583 | ||
781b178c JH |
4584 | package (package.U): |
4585 | This variable contains the name of the package being constructed. | |
4586 | It is primarily intended for the use of later Configure units. | |
4587 | ||
4588 | pager (pager.U): | |
4589 | This variable contains the name of the preferred pager on the system. | |
4590 | Usual values are (the full pathnames of) more, less, pg, or cat. | |
4591 | ||
4592 | passcat (nis.U): | |
4593 | This variable contains a command that produces the text of the | |
4594 | /etc/passwd file. This is normally "cat /etc/passwd", but can be | |
4595 | "ypcat passwd" when NIS is used. | |
aaacdc8b GS |
4596 | On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent |
4597 | command, in which case this variable is unset. | |
781b178c JH |
4598 | |
4599 | patchlevel (patchlevel.U): | |
4600 | The patchlevel level of this package. | |
4601 | The value of patchlevel comes from the patchlevel.h file. | |
ff935051 | 4602 | In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "6". |
c890dc6c | 4603 | In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_VERSION". |
781b178c JH |
4604 | |
4605 | path_sep (Unix.U): | |
4606 | This is an old synonym for p_ in Head.U, the character | |
4607 | used to separate elements in the command shell search PATH. | |
4608 | ||
7e03b2e3 MB |
4609 | perl (Loc.U): |
4610 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the | |
4611 | full pathname (if any) of the perl program. After Configure runs, | |
4612 | the value is reset to a plain "perl" and is not useful. | |
4613 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
4614 | perl5 (perl5.U): |
4615 | This variable contains the full path (if any) to a previously | |
4616 | installed perl5.005 or later suitable for running the script | |
4617 | to determine inc_version_list. | |
4618 | ||
1d896104 MB |
4619 | PERL_API_REVISION (patchlevel.h): |
4620 | This number describes the earliest compatible PERL_REVISION of | |
4621 | Perl ("compatibility" here being defined as sufficient binary/API | |
4622 | compatibility to run XS code built with the older version). | |
4623 | Normally this does not change across maintenance releases. | |
4624 | Please read the comment in patchlevel.h. | |
4625 | ||
4626 | PERL_API_SUBVERSION (patchlevel.h): | |
4627 | This number describes the earliest compatible PERL_SUBVERSION of | |
4628 | Perl ("compatibility" here being defined as sufficient binary/API | |
4629 | compatibility to run XS code built with the older version). | |
4630 | Normally this does not change across maintenance releases. | |
4631 | Please read the comment in patchlevel.h. | |
4632 | ||
4633 | PERL_API_VERSION (patchlevel.h): | |
4634 | This number describes the earliest compatible PERL_VERSION of | |
4635 | Perl ("compatibility" here being defined as sufficient binary/API | |
4636 | compatibility to run XS code built with the older version). | |
4637 | Normally this does not change across maintenance releases. | |
4638 | Please read the comment in patchlevel.h. | |
4639 | ||
4640 | PERL_CONFIG_SH (Oldsyms.U): | |
4641 | This is set to 'true' in config.sh so that a shell script | |
4642 | sourcing config.sh can tell if it has been sourced already. | |
4643 | ||
1a474c3e AC |
4644 | PERL_PATCHLEVEL (Oldsyms.U): |
4645 | This symbol reflects the patchlevel, if available. Will usually | |
4646 | come from the .patch file, which is available when the perl | |
4647 | source tree was fetched with rsync. | |
4648 | ||
a6d26a0d JH |
4649 | perl_patchlevel (patchlevel.U): |
4650 | This is the Perl patch level, a numeric change identifier, | |
4651 | as defined by whichever source code maintenance system | |
4652 | is used to maintain the patches; currently Perforce. | |
4653 | It does not correlate with the Perl version numbers or | |
4654 | the maintenance versus development dichotomy except | |
4655 | by also being increasing. | |
4656 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4657 | PERL_REVISION (Oldsyms.U): |
4658 | In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 5. | |
4659 | This value is manually set in patchlevel.h | |
4660 | ||
9e08e8f0 MB |
4661 | perl_static_inline (d_static_inline.U): |
4662 | This variable defines the PERL_STATIC_INLINE symbol to | |
4663 | the best-guess incantation to use for static inline functions. | |
4664 | Possibilities include | |
4665 | static inline (c99) | |
4666 | static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) | |
4667 | static __inline (MSVC) | |
4668 | static _inline (older MSVC) | |
4669 | static (c89 compilers) | |
4670 | ||
4d54317a JH |
4671 | PERL_SUBVERSION (Oldsyms.U): |
4672 | In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 2. | |
4673 | Values greater than 50 represent potentially unstable | |
4674 | development subversions. | |
4675 | This value is manually set in patchlevel.h | |
4676 | ||
4677 | PERL_VERSION (Oldsyms.U): | |
4678 | In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 6. | |
4679 | This value is manually set in patchlevel.h | |
4680 | ||
781b178c JH |
4681 | perladmin (perladmin.U): |
4682 | Electronic mail address of the perl5 administrator. | |
4683 | ||
b7a73309 JH |
4684 | perllibs (End.U): |
4685 | The list of libraries needed by Perl only (any libraries needed | |
4686 | by extensions only will by dropped, if using dynamic loading). | |
4687 | ||
91f55cc7 MB |
4688 | perlpath (perlpath.U): |
4689 | This variable contains the eventual value of the PERLPATH symbol, | |
4690 | which contains the name of the perl interpreter to be used in | |
4691 | shell scripts and in the "eval 'exec'" idiom. This variable is | |
4692 | not necessarily the pathname of the file containing the perl | |
4693 | interpreter; you must append the executable extension (_exe) if | |
4694 | it is not already present. Note that Perl code that runs during | |
4695 | the Perl build process cannot reference this variable, as Perl | |
4696 | may not have been installed, or even if installed, may be a | |
4697 | different version of Perl. | |
4698 | ||
781b178c | 4699 | pg (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 4700 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4701 | full pathname (if any) of the pg program. After Configure runs, |
4702 | the value is reset to a plain "pg" and is not useful. | |
4703 | ||
4704 | phostname (myhostname.U): | |
4705 | This variable contains the eventual value of the PHOSTNAME symbol, | |
4706 | which is a command that can be fed to popen() to get the host name. | |
4707 | The program should probably not presume that the domain is or isn't | |
4708 | there already. | |
4709 | ||
4710 | pidtype (pidtype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4711 | This variable defines PIDTYPE to be something like pid_t, int, |
781b178c JH |
4712 | ushort, or whatever type is used to declare process ids in the kernel. |
4713 | ||
4714 | plibpth (libpth.U): | |
4715 | Holds the private path used by Configure to find out the libraries. | |
4716 | Its value is prepend to libpth. This variable takes care of special | |
4717 | machines, like the mips. Usually, it should be empty. | |
4718 | ||
4719 | pmake (Loc.U): | |
4720 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4721 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4722 | |
4723 | pr (Loc.U): | |
4724 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4725 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4726 | |
4727 | prefix (prefix.U): | |
4728 | This variable holds the name of the directory below which the | |
4729 | user will install the package. Usually, this is /usr/local, and | |
4730 | executables go in /usr/local/bin, library stuff in /usr/local/lib, | |
4731 | man pages in /usr/local/man, etc. It is only used to set defaults | |
4732 | for things in bin.U, mansrc.U, privlib.U, or scriptdir.U. | |
4733 | ||
4734 | prefixexp (prefix.U): | |
4735 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
4736 | which the user will install the package. Derived from prefix. | |
4737 | ||
4738 | privlib (privlib.U): | |
4739 | This variable contains the eventual value of the PRIVLIB symbol, | |
4740 | which is the name of the private library for this package. It may | |
4741 | have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create | |
4742 | this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). | |
4743 | ||
4744 | privlibexp (privlib.U): | |
4745 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of privlib, so that you | |
4746 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
4747 | ||
428dc699 JH |
4748 | procselfexe (d_procselfexe.U): |
4749 | If d_procselfexe is defined, $procselfexe is the filename | |
4750 | of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of | |
4751 | the executing program. | |
4752 | ||
781b178c JH |
4753 | ptrsize (ptrsize.U): |
4754 | This variable contains the value of the PTRSIZE symbol, which | |
4755 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a pointer. | |
4756 | ||
e0a10278 | 4757 | quadkind (quadtype.U): |
0befd8de JH |
4758 | This variable, if defined, encodes the type of a quad: |
4759 | 1 = int, 2 = long, 3 = long long, 4 = int64_t. | |
4760 | ||
4761 | quadtype (quadtype.U): | |
635aebb7 | 4762 | This variable defines Quad_t to be something like long, int, |
0befd8de JH |
4763 | long long, int64_t, or whatever type is used for 64-bit integers. |
4764 | ||
781b178c JH |
4765 | randbits (randfunc.U): |
4766 | Indicates how many bits are produced by the function used to | |
4767 | generate normalized random numbers. | |
4768 | ||
4769 | randfunc (randfunc.U): | |
4770 | Indicates the name of the random number function to use. | |
4771 | Values include drand48, random, and rand. In C programs, | |
4772 | the 'Drand01' macro is defined to generate uniformly distributed | |
4773 | random numbers over the range [0., 1.[ (see drand01 and nrand). | |
4774 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
4775 | random_r_proto (d_random_r.U): |
4776 | This variable encodes the prototype of random_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4777 | It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the |
4778 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r | |
4779 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4780 | |
781b178c JH |
4781 | randseedtype (randfunc.U): |
4782 | Indicates the type of the argument of the seedfunc. | |
4783 | ||
4784 | ranlib (orderlib.U): | |
4785 | This variable is set to the pathname of the ranlib program, if it is | |
4786 | needed to generate random libraries. Set to ":" if ar can generate | |
4787 | random libraries or if random libraries are not supported | |
4788 | ||
4789 | rd_nodata (nblock_io.U): | |
4790 | This variable holds the return code from read() when no data is | |
4791 | present. It should be -1, but some systems return 0 when O_NDELAY is | |
4792 | used, which is a shame because you cannot make the difference between | |
209e5c0a | 4793 | no data and an EOF.. Sigh! |
781b178c | 4794 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4795 | readdir64_r_proto (d_readdir64_r.U): |
4796 | This variable encodes the prototype of readdir64_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4797 | It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the |
4798 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r | |
4799 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4800 | |
4801 | readdir_r_proto (d_readdir_r.U): | |
4802 | This variable encodes the prototype of readdir_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4803 | It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the |
4804 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r | |
4805 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4806 | |
c890dc6c JH |
4807 | revision (patchlevel.U): |
4808 | The value of revision comes from the patchlevel.h file. | |
4809 | In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "5". | |
4810 | In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_REVISION". | |
4811 | ||
781b178c | 4812 | rm (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 4813 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4814 | full pathname (if any) of the rm program. After Configure runs, |
4815 | the value is reset to a plain "rm" and is not useful. | |
4816 | ||
0ab0821a MB |
4817 | rm_try (Unix.U): |
4818 | This is a cleanup variable for try test programs. | |
4819 | Internal Configure use only. | |
4820 | ||
781b178c JH |
4821 | rmail (Loc.U): |
4822 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4823 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 4824 | |
5440bc8e JH |
4825 | run (Cross.U): |
4826 | This variable contains the command used by Configure | |
4827 | to copy and execute a cross-compiled executable in the | |
4828 | target host. Useful and available only during Perl build. | |
4829 | Empty string '' if not cross-compiling. | |
4830 | ||
781b178c JH |
4831 | runnm (usenm.U): |
4832 | This variable contains 'true' or 'false' depending whether the | |
4833 | nm extraction should be performed or not, according to the value | |
4834 | of usenm and the flags on the Configure command line. | |
4835 | ||
4836 | sched_yield (d_pthread_y.U): | |
4837 | This variable defines the way to yield the execution | |
4838 | of the current thread. | |
4839 | ||
4840 | scriptdir (scriptdir.U): | |
4841 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
4842 | to put publicly scripts for the package in question. It is either | |
4843 | the same directory as for binaries, or a special one that can be | |
4844 | mounted across different architectures, like /usr/share. Programs | |
4845 | must be prepared to deal with ~name expansion. | |
4846 | ||
4847 | scriptdirexp (scriptdir.U): | |
4848 | This variable is the same as scriptdir, but is filename expanded | |
4849 | at configuration time, for programs not wanting to bother with it. | |
4850 | ||
4851 | sed (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 4852 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
4853 | full pathname (if any) of the sed program. After Configure runs, |
4854 | the value is reset to a plain "sed" and is not useful. | |
4855 | ||
4856 | seedfunc (randfunc.U): | |
4857 | Indicates the random number generating seed function. | |
4858 | Values include srand48, srandom, and srand. | |
4859 | ||
4860 | selectminbits (selectminbits.U): | |
4861 | This variable holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. | |
4862 | That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be | |
4863 | cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this | |
4864 | is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do | |
4865 | the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. | |
4866 | ||
4867 | selecttype (selecttype.U): | |
4868 | This variable holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th | |
4869 | arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET | |
635aebb7 | 4870 | is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you |
781b178c JH |
4871 | have select(), naturally. |
4872 | ||
4873 | sendmail (Loc.U): | |
ff935051 | 4874 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. |
fcdf39cf | 4875 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 4876 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4877 | setgrent_r_proto (d_setgrent_r.U): |
4878 | This variable encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4879 | It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the |
4880 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r | |
4881 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4882 | |
4883 | sethostent_r_proto (d_sethostent_r.U): | |
4884 | This variable encodes the prototype of sethostent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4885 | It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the |
4886 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r | |
4887 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4888 | |
4889 | setlocale_r_proto (d_setlocale_r.U): | |
4890 | This variable encodes the prototype of setlocale_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4891 | It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the |
4892 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r | |
4893 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4894 | |
4895 | setnetent_r_proto (d_setnetent_r.U): | |
4896 | This variable encodes the prototype of setnetent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4897 | It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the |
4898 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r | |
4899 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4900 | |
4901 | setprotoent_r_proto (d_setprotoent_r.U): | |
4902 | This variable encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4903 | It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the |
4904 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r | |
4905 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4906 | |
4907 | setpwent_r_proto (d_setpwent_r.U): | |
4908 | This variable encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4909 | It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the |
4910 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r | |
4911 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
4912 | |
4913 | setservent_r_proto (d_setservent_r.U): | |
4914 | This variable encodes the prototype of setservent_r. | |
39183afa JH |
4915 | It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the |
4916 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r | |
4917 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 4918 | |
81c4fd9e MB |
4919 | sGMTIME_max (time_size.U): |
4920 | This variable defines the maximum value of the time_t offset that | |
4921 | the system function gmtime () accepts | |
4922 | ||
4923 | sGMTIME_min (time_size.U): | |
4924 | This variable defines the minimum value of the time_t offset that | |
4925 | the system function gmtime () accepts | |
4926 | ||
781b178c JH |
4927 | sh (sh.U): |
4928 | This variable contains the full pathname of the shell used | |
4929 | on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be | |
4930 | /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, | |
4931 | /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as | |
4932 | D:/bin/sh.exe. | |
1a474c3e | 4933 | This unit comes before Options.U, so you can't set sh with a '-D' |
781b178c | 4934 | option, though you can override this (and startsh) |
1a474c3e | 4935 | with '-O -Dsh=/bin/whatever -Dstartsh=whatever' |
781b178c JH |
4936 | |
4937 | shar (Loc.U): | |
4938 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 4939 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
4940 | |
4941 | sharpbang (spitshell.U): | |
4942 | This variable contains the string #! if this system supports that | |
4943 | construct. | |
4944 | ||
4945 | shmattype (d_shmat.U): | |
4946 | This symbol contains the type of pointer returned by shmat(). | |
4947 | It can be 'void *' or 'char *'. | |
4948 | ||
4949 | shortsize (intsize.U): | |
4950 | This variable contains the value of the SHORTSIZE symbol which | |
4951 | indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a short. | |
4952 | ||
4953 | shrpenv (libperl.U): | |
4954 | If the user builds a shared libperl.so, then we need to tell the | |
635aebb7 | 4955 | 'perl' executable where it will be able to find the installed libperl.so. |
781b178c JH |
4956 | One way to do this on some systems is to set the environment variable |
4957 | LD_RUN_PATH to the directory that will be the final location of the | |
4958 | shared libperl.so. The makefile can use this with something like | |
4959 | $shrpenv $(CC) -o perl perlmain.o $libperl $libs | |
4960 | Typical values are | |
4961 | shrpenv="env LD_RUN_PATH=$archlibexp/CORE" | |
4962 | or | |
4963 | shrpenv='' | |
4964 | See the main perl Makefile.SH for actual working usage. | |
dfaa7b30 | 4965 | |
781b178c | 4966 | Alternatively, we might be able to use a command line option such |
c68a00c0 | 4967 | as -R $archlibexp/CORE (Solaris) or -Wl,-rpath |
781b178c JH |
4968 | $archlibexp/CORE (Linux). |
4969 | ||
4970 | shsharp (spitshell.U): | |
4971 | This variable tells further Configure units whether your sh can | |
4972 | handle # comments. | |
4973 | ||
4974 | sig_count (sig_name.U): | |
4975 | This variable holds a number larger than the largest valid | |
4976 | signal number. This is usually the same as the NSIG macro. | |
4977 | ||
4978 | sig_name (sig_name.U): | |
4979 | This variable holds the signal names, space separated. The leading | |
10305dfa JH |
4980 | SIG in signal name is removed. A ZERO is prepended to the list. |
4981 | This is currently not used, sig_name_init is used instead. | |
781b178c JH |
4982 | |
4983 | sig_name_init (sig_name.U): | |
4984 | This variable holds the signal names, enclosed in double quotes and | |
635aebb7 AL |
4985 | separated by commas, suitable for use in the SIG_NAME definition |
4986 | below. A "ZERO" is prepended to the list, and the list is | |
781b178c JH |
4987 | terminated with a plain 0. The leading SIG in signal names |
4988 | is removed. See sig_num. | |
4989 | ||
4990 | sig_num (sig_name.U): | |
4991 | This variable holds the signal numbers, space separated. A ZERO is | |
10305dfa JH |
4992 | prepended to the list (corresponding to the fake SIGZERO). |
4993 | Those numbers correspond to the value of the signal listed | |
4994 | in the same place within the sig_name list. | |
4995 | This is currently not used, sig_num_init is used instead. | |
781b178c JH |
4996 | |
4997 | sig_num_init (sig_name.U): | |
4998 | This variable holds the signal numbers, enclosed in double quotes and | |
635aebb7 AL |
4999 | separated by commas, suitable for use in the SIG_NUM definition |
5000 | below. A "ZERO" is prepended to the list, and the list is | |
781b178c JH |
5001 | terminated with a plain 0. |
5002 | ||
76d3c696 JH |
5003 | sig_size (sig_name.U): |
5004 | This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name | |
f05fc11d | 5005 | and sig_num arrays. |
76d3c696 | 5006 | |
781b178c JH |
5007 | signal_t (d_voidsig.U): |
5008 | This variable holds the type of the signal handler (void or int). | |
5009 | ||
5010 | sitearch (sitearch.U): | |
5011 | This variable contains the eventual value of the SITEARCH symbol, | |
5012 | which is the name of the private library for this package. It may | |
5013 | have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create | |
5014 | this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). | |
f868067f JH |
5015 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
5016 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5017 | architecture-dependent modules in this directory with | |
5018 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5019 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
781b178c JH |
5020 | |
5021 | sitearchexp (sitearch.U): | |
5022 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of sitearch, so that you | |
5023 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5024 | ||
0617aed7 JH |
5025 | sitebin (sitebin.U): |
5026 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
5027 | to put add-on publicly executable files for the package in question. It | |
5028 | is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using | |
5029 | this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. | |
f868067f JH |
5030 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
5031 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5032 | executables in this directory with | |
5033 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5034 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
0617aed7 JH |
5035 | |
5036 | sitebinexp (sitebin.U): | |
5037 | This is the same as the sitebin variable, but is filename expanded at | |
5038 | configuration time, for use in your makefiles. | |
5039 | ||
e755722e | 5040 | sitehtml1dir (sitehtml1dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
5041 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
5042 | html source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
5043 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
5044 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
5045 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5046 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5047 | html pages in this directory with | |
5048 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5049 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5050 | ||
e755722e JH |
5051 | sitehtml1direxp (sitehtml1dir.U): |
5052 | This variable is the same as the sitehtml1dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
5053 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
5054 | ||
e755722e | 5055 | sitehtml3dir (sitehtml3dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
5056 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
5057 | library html source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
5058 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
5059 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
5060 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5061 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5062 | library html pages in this directory with | |
5063 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5064 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5065 | ||
e755722e JH |
5066 | sitehtml3direxp (sitehtml3dir.U): |
5067 | This variable is the same as the sitehtml3dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
5068 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
5069 | ||
781b178c JH |
5070 | sitelib (sitelib.U): |
5071 | This variable contains the eventual value of the SITELIB symbol, | |
5072 | which is the name of the private library for this package. It may | |
5073 | have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create | |
5074 | this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). | |
f868067f JH |
5075 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
5076 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5077 | architecture-independent modules in this directory with | |
5078 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5079 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
781b178c | 5080 | |
526fdc24 MS |
5081 | sitelib_stem (sitelib.U): |
5082 | This variable is $sitelibexp with any trailing version-specific component | |
5083 | removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can | |
5084 | be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. | |
5085 | ||
781b178c JH |
5086 | sitelibexp (sitelib.U): |
5087 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of sitelib, so that you | |
5088 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5089 | ||
e755722e | 5090 | siteman1dir (siteman1dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
5091 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
5092 | manual source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
5093 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
5094 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
5095 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5096 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5097 | man1 pages in this directory with | |
5098 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5099 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5100 | ||
e755722e JH |
5101 | siteman1direxp (siteman1dir.U): |
5102 | This variable is the same as the siteman1dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
5103 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
5104 | ||
e755722e | 5105 | siteman3dir (siteman3dir.U): |
10305dfa JH |
5106 | This variable contains the name of the directory in which site-specific |
5107 | library man source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the | |
5108 | Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. | |
5109 | You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. | |
5110 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5111 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5112 | man3 pages in this directory with | |
5113 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5114 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5115 | ||
e755722e JH |
5116 | siteman3direxp (siteman3dir.U): |
5117 | This variable is the same as the siteman3dir variable, but is filename | |
10305dfa JH |
5118 | expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. |
5119 | ||
781b178c JH |
5120 | siteprefix (siteprefix.U): |
5121 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
5122 | which the user will install add-on packages. | |
f868067f | 5123 | See INSTALL for usage and examples. |
781b178c JH |
5124 | |
5125 | siteprefixexp (siteprefix.U): | |
5126 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
5127 | which the user will install add-on packages. Derived from siteprefix. | |
5128 | ||
10305dfa JH |
5129 | sitescript (sitescript.U): |
5130 | This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants | |
5131 | to put add-on publicly executable files for the package in question. It | |
5132 | is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using | |
5133 | this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. | |
5134 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5135 | After perl has been installed, users may install their own local | |
5136 | scripts in this directory with | |
5137 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL | |
5138 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. | |
5139 | ||
5140 | sitescriptexp (sitescript.U): | |
5141 | This is the same as the sitescript variable, but is filename expanded at | |
5142 | configuration time, for use in your makefiles. | |
5143 | ||
a13ea748 JH |
5144 | sizesize (sizesize.U): |
5145 | This variable contains the size of a sizetype in bytes. | |
5146 | ||
781b178c | 5147 | sizetype (sizetype.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
5148 | This variable defines sizetype to be something like size_t, |
5149 | unsigned long, or whatever type is used to declare length | |
781b178c JH |
5150 | parameters for string functions. |
5151 | ||
5152 | sleep (Loc.U): | |
5153 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5154 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5155 | |
73e6e416 MB |
5156 | sLOCALTIME_max (time_size.U): |
5157 | This variable defines the maximum value of the time_t offset that | |
5158 | the system function localtime () accepts | |
5159 | ||
5160 | sLOCALTIME_min (time_size.U): | |
5161 | This variable defines the minimum value of the time_t offset that | |
5162 | the system function localtime () accepts | |
5163 | ||
781b178c JH |
5164 | smail (Loc.U): |
5165 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5166 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5167 | |
781b178c JH |
5168 | so (so.U): |
5169 | This variable holds the extension used to identify shared libraries | |
5170 | (also known as shared objects) on the system. Usually set to 'so'. | |
5171 | ||
5172 | sockethdr (d_socket.U): | |
5173 | This variable has any cpp '-I' flags needed for socket support. | |
5174 | ||
5175 | socketlib (d_socket.U): | |
5176 | This variable has the names of any libraries needed for socket support. | |
5177 | ||
c890dc6c JH |
5178 | socksizetype (socksizetype.U): |
5179 | This variable holds the type used for the size argument | |
5180 | for various socket calls like accept. Usual values include | |
5181 | socklen_t, size_t, and int. | |
5182 | ||
781b178c | 5183 | sort (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 5184 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5185 | full pathname (if any) of the sort program. After Configure runs, |
5186 | the value is reset to a plain "sort" and is not useful. | |
5187 | ||
5188 | spackage (package.U): | |
5189 | This variable contains the name of the package being constructed, | |
5190 | with the first letter uppercased, i.e. suitable for starting | |
5191 | sentences. | |
5192 | ||
5193 | spitshell (spitshell.U): | |
5194 | This variable contains the command necessary to spit out a runnable | |
1a474c3e | 5195 | shell on this system. It is either cat or a grep '-v' for # comments. |
40814d06 | 5196 | |
4d54317a JH |
5197 | sPRId64 (quadfio.U): |
5198 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5199 | format 64-bit decimal numbers (format 'd') for output. | |
5200 | ||
5201 | sPRIeldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5202 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5203 | format long doubles (format 'e') for output. | |
5204 | ||
5205 | sPRIEUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5206 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5207 | format long doubles (format 'E') for output. | |
5208 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIeldbl so that even | |
5209 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5210 | ||
5211 | sPRIfldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5212 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5213 | format long doubles (format 'f') for output. | |
5214 | ||
5215 | sPRIFUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5216 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5217 | format long doubles (format 'F') for output. | |
5218 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIfldbl so that even | |
5219 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5220 | ||
5221 | sPRIgldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5222 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5223 | format long doubles (format 'g') for output. | |
5224 | ||
5225 | sPRIGUldbl (longdblfio.U): | |
5226 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5227 | format long doubles (format 'G') for output. | |
5228 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIgldbl so that even | |
5229 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5230 | ||
5231 | sPRIi64 (quadfio.U): | |
5232 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5233 | format 64-bit decimal numbers (format 'i') for output. | |
5234 | ||
5235 | sPRIo64 (quadfio.U): | |
5236 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5237 | format 64-bit octal numbers (format 'o') for output. | |
5238 | ||
5239 | sPRIu64 (quadfio.U): | |
5240 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5241 | format 64-bit unsigned decimal numbers (format 'u') for output. | |
5242 | ||
5243 | sPRIx64 (quadfio.U): | |
5244 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5245 | format 64-bit hexadecimal numbers (format 'x') for output. | |
5246 | ||
5247 | sPRIXU64 (quadfio.U): | |
5248 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5249 | format 64-bit hExADECimAl numbers (format 'X') for output. | |
5250 | The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIx64 so that even | |
5251 | case-blind systems can see the difference. | |
5252 | ||
40814d06 | 5253 | srand48_r_proto (d_srand48_r.U): |
10bc17b6 | 5254 | This variable encodes the prototype of srand48_r. |
39183afa JH |
5255 | It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the |
5256 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r | |
5257 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 JH |
5258 | |
5259 | srandom_r_proto (d_srandom_r.U): | |
5260 | This variable encodes the prototype of srandom_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5261 | It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the |
5262 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r | |
5263 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5264 | |
781b178c | 5265 | src (src.U): |
34f1896b MB |
5266 | This variable holds the (possibly relative) path of the package source. |
5267 | It is up to the Makefile to use this variable and set VPATH accordingly | |
5268 | to find the sources remotely. Use $pkgsrc to have an absolute path. | |
781b178c | 5269 | |
4d54317a JH |
5270 | sSCNfldbl (longdblfio.U): |
5271 | This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to | |
5272 | format long doubles (format 'f') for input. | |
5273 | ||
781b178c | 5274 | ssizetype (ssizetype.U): |
635aebb7 AL |
5275 | This variable defines ssizetype to be something like ssize_t, |
5276 | long or int. It is used by functions that return a count | |
781b178c JH |
5277 | of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. |
5278 | We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). | |
5279 | ||
668fdbe1 MB |
5280 | st_ino_sign (st_ino_def.U): |
5281 | This variable contains the signedness of struct stat's st_ino. | |
5282 | 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. | |
5283 | ||
5284 | st_ino_size (st_ino_def.U): | |
5285 | This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes. | |
5286 | ||
781b178c JH |
5287 | startperl (startperl.U): |
5288 | This variable contains the string to put on the front of a perl | |
5289 | script to make sure (hopefully) that it runs with perl and not some | |
5290 | shell. Of course, that leading line must be followed by the classical | |
5291 | perl idiom: | |
5292 | eval 'exec perl -S $0 ${1+"$@"}' | |
34050ace | 5293 | if $running_under_some_shell; |
781b178c | 5294 | to guarantee perl startup should the shell execute the script. Note |
47e01c32 | 5295 | that this magic incantation is not understood by csh. |
781b178c JH |
5296 | |
5297 | startsh (startsh.U): | |
5298 | This variable contains the string to put on the front of a shell | |
5299 | script to make sure (hopefully) that it runs with sh and not some | |
5300 | other shell. | |
5301 | ||
5302 | static_ext (Extensions.U): | |
5303 | This variable holds a list of XS extension files we want to | |
5304 | link statically into the package. It is used by Makefile. | |
5305 | ||
5306 | stdchar (stdchar.U): | |
5307 | This variable conditionally defines STDCHAR to be the type of char | |
5308 | used in stdio.h. It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". | |
5309 | ||
5310 | stdio_base (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5311 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the | |
5312 | _base field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5313 | be used to define the macro FILE_base(fp). | |
5314 | ||
5315 | stdio_bufsiz (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5316 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to determine | |
5317 | the number of bytes store in the I/O buffer pointer to by the | |
5318 | _base field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5319 | be used to define the macro FILE_bufsiz(fp). | |
5320 | ||
5321 | stdio_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5322 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the | |
5323 | _cnt field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5324 | be used to define the macro FILE_cnt(fp). | |
5325 | ||
5326 | stdio_filbuf (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5327 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to tell | |
022735b4 | 5328 | stdio to refill its internal buffers (?). This will |
781b178c JH |
5329 | be used to define the macro FILE_filbuf(fp). |
5330 | ||
5331 | stdio_ptr (d_stdstdio.U): | |
5332 | This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the | |
5333 | _ptr field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will | |
5334 | be used to define the macro FILE_ptr(fp). | |
5335 | ||
5336 | stdio_stream_array (stdio_streams.U): | |
5337 | This variable tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. | |
5338 | Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. | |
5339 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
5340 | strerror_r_proto (d_strerror_r.U): |
5341 | This variable encodes the prototype of strerror_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5342 | It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the |
5343 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r | |
5344 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5345 | |
781b178c JH |
5346 | submit (Loc.U): |
5347 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5348 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5349 | |
5350 | subversion (patchlevel.U): | |
5351 | The subversion level of this package. | |
5352 | The value of subversion comes from the patchlevel.h file. | |
ff935051 | 5353 | In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "1". |
c890dc6c | 5354 | In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_SUBVERSION". |
781b178c JH |
5355 | This is unique to perl. |
5356 | ||
5357 | sysman (sysman.U): | |
5358 | This variable holds the place where the manual is located on this | |
5359 | system. It is not the place where the user wants to put his manual | |
5360 | pages. Rather it is the place where Configure may look to find manual | |
5361 | for unix commands (section 1 of the manual usually). See mansrc. | |
5362 | ||
56b575b9 MB |
5363 | sysroot (Sysroot.U): |
5364 | This variable is empty unless supplied by the Configure user. | |
5365 | It can contain a path to an alternative root directory, under which | |
5366 | headers and libraries for the compilation target can be found. This | |
5367 | is generally used when cross-compiling using a gcc-like compiler. | |
5368 | ||
781b178c JH |
5369 | tail (Loc.U): |
5370 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5371 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5372 | |
5373 | tar (Loc.U): | |
5374 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5375 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5376 | |
5440bc8e JH |
5377 | targetarch (Cross.U): |
5378 | If cross-compiling, this variable contains the target architecture. | |
5379 | If not, this will be empty. | |
5380 | ||
56b575b9 | 5381 | targetdir (Cross.U): |
51b4c035 KW |
5382 | This variable contains a path that will be created on the target |
5383 | host using targetmkdir, and then used to copy the cross-compiled | |
5384 | executables to. Defaults to '/tmp' if not set. | |
a2c3ce73 BF |
5385 | |
5386 | targetenv (Cross.U): | |
51b4c035 KW |
5387 | If cross-compiling, this variable can be used to modify the |
5388 | environment on the target system. | |
5389 | However, how and where it's used, and even if it's used at all, is | |
5390 | entirely dependent on both the transport mechanism (targetrun) and | |
5391 | what the target system is. Unless the relevant documentation says | |
5392 | otherwise, it is genereally not useful. | |
56b575b9 MB |
5393 | |
5394 | targethost (Cross.U): | |
5395 | This variable contains the name of a separate host machine that | |
5396 | can be used to run compiled test programs and perl tests on. | |
5397 | Set to empty string if not in use. | |
5398 | ||
5399 | targetmkdir (Cross.U): | |
5400 | This variable contains the command used by Configure to create a | |
5401 | new directory on the target host. | |
5402 | ||
5403 | targetport (Cross.U): | |
5404 | This variable contains the number of a network port to be used to | |
5405 | connect to the host in targethost, if unset defaults to 22 for ssh. | |
5406 | ||
1d38f63f | 5407 | targetsh (sh.U): |
0f3731c6 BF |
5408 | If cross-compiling, this variable contains the location of sh on the |
5409 | target system. | |
5410 | If not, this will be the same as $sh. | |
5411 | ||
781b178c JH |
5412 | tbl (Loc.U): |
5413 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5414 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5415 | |
5416 | tee (Loc.U): | |
5417 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5418 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5419 | |
5420 | test (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5421 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5422 | full pathname (if any) of the test program. After Configure runs, |
5423 | the value is reset to a plain "test" and is not useful. | |
5424 | ||
5425 | timeincl (i_time.U): | |
5426 | This variable holds the full path of the included time header(s). | |
5427 | ||
5428 | timetype (d_time.U): | |
5429 | This variable holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, | |
5430 | or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be | |
5431 | included). Anyway, the type Time_t should be used. | |
5432 | ||
10bc17b6 JH |
5433 | tmpnam_r_proto (d_tmpnam_r.U): |
5434 | This variable encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5435 | It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the |
5436 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r | |
5437 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5438 | |
5440bc8e JH |
5439 | to (Cross.U): |
5440 | This variable contains the command used by Configure | |
5441 | to copy to from the target host. Useful and available | |
5442 | only during Perl build. | |
5443 | The string ':' if not cross-compiling. | |
5444 | ||
781b178c | 5445 | touch (Loc.U): |
5bf26616 | 5446 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5447 | full pathname (if any) of the touch program. After Configure runs, |
5448 | the value is reset to a plain "touch" and is not useful. | |
5449 | ||
5450 | tr (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5451 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5452 | full pathname (if any) of the tr program. After Configure runs, |
5453 | the value is reset to a plain "tr" and is not useful. | |
5454 | ||
5455 | trnl (trnl.U): | |
5456 | This variable contains the value to be passed to the tr(1) | |
5457 | command to transliterate a newline. Typical values are | |
5458 | '\012' and '\n'. This is needed for EBCDIC systems where | |
5459 | newline is not necessarily '\012'. | |
5460 | ||
5461 | troff (Loc.U): | |
5462 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5463 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5464 | |
10bc17b6 JH |
5465 | ttyname_r_proto (d_ttyname_r.U): |
5466 | This variable encodes the prototype of ttyname_r. | |
39183afa JH |
5467 | It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the |
5468 | REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r | |
5469 | is defined. | |
10bc17b6 | 5470 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
5471 | u16size (perlxv.U): |
5472 | This variable is the size of an U16 in bytes. | |
5473 | ||
5474 | u16type (perlxv.U): | |
5475 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U16. | |
5476 | ||
5477 | u32size (perlxv.U): | |
5478 | This variable is the size of an U32 in bytes. | |
5479 | ||
5480 | u32type (perlxv.U): | |
5481 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U32. | |
5482 | ||
5483 | u64size (perlxv.U): | |
5484 | This variable is the size of an U64 in bytes. | |
5485 | ||
5486 | u64type (perlxv.U): | |
5487 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U64. | |
5488 | ||
5489 | u8size (perlxv.U): | |
5490 | This variable is the size of an U8 in bytes. | |
5491 | ||
5492 | u8type (perlxv.U): | |
5493 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U8. | |
5494 | ||
5495 | uidformat (uidf.U): | |
5496 | This variable contains the format string used for printing a Uid_t. | |
5497 | ||
2d228ff3 JH |
5498 | uidsign (uidsign.U): |
5499 | This variable contains the signedness of a uidtype. | |
5500 | 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. | |
5501 | ||
785fb66b JH |
5502 | uidsize (uidsize.U): |
5503 | This variable contains the size of a uidtype in bytes. | |
5504 | ||
781b178c | 5505 | uidtype (uidtype.U): |
635aebb7 | 5506 | This variable defines Uid_t to be something like uid_t, int, |
781b178c JH |
5507 | ushort, or whatever type is used to declare user ids in the kernel. |
5508 | ||
5509 | uname (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5510 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5511 | full pathname (if any) of the uname program. After Configure runs, |
5512 | the value is reset to a plain "uname" and is not useful. | |
5513 | ||
5514 | uniq (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5515 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5516 | full pathname (if any) of the uniq program. After Configure runs, |
5517 | the value is reset to a plain "uniq" and is not useful. | |
5518 | ||
0befd8de JH |
5519 | uquadtype (quadtype.U): |
5520 | This variable defines Uquad_t to be something like unsigned long, | |
5521 | unsigned int, unsigned long long, uint64_t, or whatever type is | |
5522 | used for 64-bit integers. | |
5523 | ||
10cc9d2a JH |
5524 | use64bitall (use64bits.U): |
5525 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_64_BIT_ALL symbol, | |
5526 | and indicates that 64-bit integer types should be used | |
5527 | when available. The maximal possible | |
5528 | 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will | |
5529 | be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is | |
5530 | even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not | |
5531 | be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or | |
5532 | you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. | |
5533 | ||
5534 | use64bitint (use64bits.U): | |
5535 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_64_BIT_INT symbol, | |
aaacdc8b | 5536 | and indicates that 64-bit integer types should be used |
c890dc6c JH |
5537 | when available. The minimal possible 64-bitness |
5538 | is employed, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. | |
5539 | This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory | |
5540 | may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. | |
781b178c | 5541 | |
f6a82ade MB |
5542 | usecbacktrace (usebacktrace.U): |
5543 | This variable indicates whether we are compiling with backtrace | |
5544 | support. | |
5545 | ||
5440bc8e JH |
5546 | usecrosscompile (Cross.U): |
5547 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_CROSS_COMPILE symbol, | |
5548 | and indicates that Perl has been cross-compiled. | |
5549 | ||
19aaf929 TR |
5550 | usedefaultstrict (usedefaultstrict.U): |
5551 | This setting provides a mechanism for perl developers to enable | |
5552 | strict by default. These defaults do not apply when perl is run | |
5553 | via -e or -E. | |
5554 | ||
1be1b388 MB |
5555 | usedevel (Devel.U): |
5556 | This variable indicates that Perl was configured with development | |
5557 | features enabled. This should not be done for production builds. | |
5558 | ||
781b178c | 5559 | usedl (dlsrc.U): |
ff935051 | 5560 | This variable indicates if the system supports dynamic |
781b178c JH |
5561 | loading of some sort. See also dlsrc and dlobj. |
5562 | ||
34f1896b MB |
5563 | usedtrace (usedtrace.U): |
5564 | This variable indicates whether we are compiling with dtrace | |
5565 | support. See also dtrace. | |
5ac1e9b2 | 5566 | |
4d54317a JH |
5567 | usefaststdio (usefaststdio.U): |
5568 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_FAST_STDIO symbol, | |
5569 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use 'fast stdio'. | |
5570 | Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. | |
5571 | ||
aaacdc8b GS |
5572 | useithreads (usethreads.U): |
5573 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_ITHREADS symbol, | |
5574 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use the interpreter-based | |
5575 | threading implementation. | |
5576 | ||
269a7913 | 5577 | usekernprocpathname (usekernprocpathname.U): |
2982a345 NC |
5578 | This variable, indicates that we can use sysctl with |
5579 | KERN_PROC_PATHNAME to get a full path for the executable, and hence | |
5580 | convert $^X to an absolute path. | |
5581 | ||
ab03c4a8 MB |
5582 | uselanginfo (Extensions.U): |
5583 | This variable holds either 'true' or 'false' to indicate | |
5584 | whether the I18N::Langinfo extension should be used. The sole | |
5585 | use for this currently is to allow an easy mechanism for users to skip | |
5586 | this extension from the Configure command line. | |
5587 | ||
5bf26616 | 5588 | uselargefiles (uselfs.U): |
1baac590 JH |
5589 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_LARGE_FILES symbol, |
5590 | and indicates that large file interfaces should be used when | |
c890dc6c | 5591 | available. |
1baac590 | 5592 | |
ca24dfc6 LV |
5593 | uselongdouble (uselongdbl.U): |
5594 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_LONG_DOUBLE symbol, | |
5595 | and indicates that long doubles should be used when available. | |
5596 | ||
fd550ca5 MB |
5597 | usemallocwrap (mallocsrc.U): |
5598 | This variable contains y if we are wrapping malloc to prevent | |
5599 | integer overflow during size calculations. | |
5600 | ||
1baac590 JH |
5601 | usemorebits (usemorebits.U): |
5602 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_MORE_BITS symbol, | |
5603 | and indicates that explicit 64-bit interfaces and long doubles | |
5604 | should be used when available. | |
5605 | ||
781b178c JH |
5606 | usemultiplicity (usemultiplicity.U): |
5607 | This variable conditionally defines the MULTIPLICITY symbol, | |
5608 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use multiplicity. | |
5609 | ||
5610 | usemymalloc (mallocsrc.U): | |
5611 | This variable contains y if the malloc that comes with this package | |
5612 | is desired over the system's version of malloc. People often include | |
47e01c32 | 5613 | special versions of malloc for efficiency, but such versions are often |
781b178c JH |
5614 | less portable. See also mallocsrc and mallocobj. |
5615 | If this is 'y', then -lmalloc is removed from $libs. | |
5616 | ||
5617 | usenm (usenm.U): | |
5618 | This variable contains 'true' or 'false' depending whether the | |
5619 | nm extraction is wanted or not. | |
5620 | ||
ae60cb46 NC |
5621 | usensgetexecutablepath (usensgetexecutablepath.U): |
5622 | This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use _NSGetExecutablePath | |
5623 | and realpath to get a full path for the executable, and hence convert | |
5624 | $^X to an absolute path. | |
5625 | ||
781b178c JH |
5626 | useopcode (Extensions.U): |
5627 | This variable holds either 'true' or 'false' to indicate | |
5628 | whether the Opcode extension should be used. The sole | |
5629 | use for this currently is to allow an easy mechanism | |
5630 | for users to skip the Opcode extension from the Configure | |
5631 | command line. | |
5632 | ||
5633 | useperlio (useperlio.U): | |
5634 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_PERLIO symbol, | |
5635 | and indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should be | |
5636 | used throughout. | |
5637 | ||
5638 | useposix (Extensions.U): | |
5639 | This variable holds either 'true' or 'false' to indicate | |
5640 | whether the POSIX extension should be used. The sole | |
5641 | use for this currently is to allow an easy mechanism | |
5642 | for hints files to indicate that POSIX will not compile | |
5643 | on a particular system. | |
5644 | ||
d6d36205 JH |
5645 | usequadmath (usequadmath.U): |
5646 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_QUADMATH symbol, | |
5647 | and indicates that the quadmath library __float128 long doubles | |
5648 | should be used when available. | |
5649 | ||
9514c62b JH |
5650 | usereentrant (usethreads.U): |
5651 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_REENTRANT_API symbol, | |
5652 | which indicates that the thread code may try to use the various | |
5653 | _r versions of library functions. This is only potentially | |
5654 | meaningful if usethreads is set and is very experimental, it is | |
5655 | not even prompted for. | |
5656 | ||
df4c34dc | 5657 | userelocatableinc (bin.U): |
88fe16b2 NC |
5658 | This variable is set to true to indicate that perl should relocate |
5659 | @INC entries at runtime based on the path to the perl binary. | |
5660 | Any @INC paths starting ".../" are relocated relative to the directory | |
5661 | containing the perl binary, and a logical cleanup of the path is then | |
5662 | made around the join point (removing "dir/../" pairs) | |
5663 | ||
781b178c | 5664 | useshrplib (libperl.U): |
40814d06 MB |
5665 | This variable is set to 'true' if the user wishes |
5666 | to build a shared libperl, and 'false' otherwise. | |
781b178c | 5667 | |
df4c34dc MB |
5668 | usesitecustomize (d_sitecustomize.U): |
5669 | This variable is set to true when the user requires a mechanism that | |
5670 | allows the sysadmin to add entries to @INC at runtime. This variable | |
5671 | being set, makes perl run '$sitelib/sitecustomize.pl' at startup. | |
5672 | ||
781b178c JH |
5673 | usesocks (usesocks.U): |
5674 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_SOCKS symbol, | |
5675 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use SOCKS. | |
5676 | ||
5677 | usethreads (usethreads.U): | |
b99a9337 | 5678 | This variable conditionally defines the USE_THREADS symbol, |
781b178c JH |
5679 | and indicates that Perl should be built to use threads. |
5680 | ||
9f50e519 NA |
5681 | usevendorprefix (vendorprefix.U): |
5682 | This variable tells whether the vendorprefix | |
5683 | and consequently other vendor* paths are in use. | |
5684 | ||
1a1287f4 MB |
5685 | useversionedarchname (archname.U): |
5686 | This variable indicates whether to include the $api_versionstring | |
5687 | as a component of the $archname. | |
5688 | ||
781b178c JH |
5689 | usevfork (d_vfork.U): |
5690 | This variable is set to true when the user accepts to use vfork. | |
5691 | It is set to false when no vfork is available or when the user | |
47e01c32 | 5692 | explicitly requests not to use vfork. |
781b178c JH |
5693 | |
5694 | usrinc (usrinc.U): | |
5695 | This variable holds the path of the include files, which is | |
5696 | usually /usr/include. It is mainly used by other Configure units. | |
5697 | ||
5698 | uuname (Loc.U): | |
5699 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5700 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5701 | |
a22e52b9 JH |
5702 | uvoformat (perlxvf.U): |
5703 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
635aebb7 | 5704 | a Perl UV as an unsigned octal integer. |
a22e52b9 JH |
5705 | |
5706 | uvsize (perlxv.U): | |
5707 | This variable is the size of a UV in bytes. | |
5708 | ||
5709 | uvtype (perlxv.U): | |
5710 | This variable contains the C type used for Perl's UV. | |
5711 | ||
5712 | uvuformat (perlxvf.U): | |
5713 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
635aebb7 | 5714 | a Perl UV as an unsigned decimal integer. |
a22e52b9 JH |
5715 | |
5716 | uvxformat (perlxvf.U): | |
5717 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
6b4667fc A |
5718 | a Perl UV as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. |
5719 | ||
4d54317a JH |
5720 | uvXUformat (perlxvf.U): |
5721 | This variable contains the format string used for printing | |
5722 | a Perl UV as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. | |
5723 | ||
526fdc24 MS |
5724 | vendorarch (vendorarch.U): |
5725 | This variable contains the value of the PERL_VENDORARCH symbol. | |
635aebb7 | 5726 | It may have a ~ on the front. |
526fdc24 MS |
5727 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. |
5728 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5729 | architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5730 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
526fdc24 MS |
5731 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5732 | ||
5733 | vendorarchexp (vendorarch.U): | |
5734 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorarch, so that you | |
5735 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5736 | ||
0617aed7 | 5737 | vendorbin (vendorbin.U): |
f868067f JH |
5738 | This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORBIN symbol. |
5739 | It may have a ~ on the front. | |
5740 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5741 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place additional | |
5742 | binaries in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5743 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
f868067f | 5744 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
0617aed7 JH |
5745 | |
5746 | vendorbinexp (vendorbin.U): | |
5747 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorbin, so that you | |
5748 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5749 | ||
e755722e | 5750 | vendorhtml1dir (vendorhtml1dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5751 | This variable contains the name of the directory for html |
10305dfa JH |
5752 | pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5753 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5754 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5755 | html pages in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5756 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5757 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5758 | ||
e755722e JH |
5759 | vendorhtml1direxp (vendorhtml1dir.U): |
5760 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorhtml1dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5761 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5762 | ||
e755722e | 5763 | vendorhtml3dir (vendorhtml3dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5764 | This variable contains the name of the directory for html |
10305dfa JH |
5765 | library pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5766 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5767 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5768 | html pages for modules and extensions in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5769 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5770 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5771 | ||
e755722e JH |
5772 | vendorhtml3direxp (vendorhtml3dir.U): |
5773 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorhtml3dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5774 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5775 | ||
a3635516 JH |
5776 | vendorlib (vendorlib.U): |
5777 | This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORLIB symbol, | |
f868067f JH |
5778 | which is the name of the private library for this package. |
5779 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5780 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5781 | modules in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5782 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
f868067f | 5783 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
a3635516 | 5784 | |
526fdc24 MS |
5785 | vendorlib_stem (vendorlib.U): |
5786 | This variable is $vendorlibexp with any trailing version-specific component | |
5787 | removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can | |
5788 | be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. | |
5789 | ||
a3635516 JH |
5790 | vendorlibexp (vendorlib.U): |
5791 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorlib, so that you | |
5792 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5793 | ||
e755722e | 5794 | vendorman1dir (vendorman1dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5795 | This variable contains the name of the directory for man1 |
10305dfa JH |
5796 | pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5797 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5798 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5799 | man1 pages in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5800 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5801 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5802 | ||
e755722e JH |
5803 | vendorman1direxp (vendorman1dir.U): |
5804 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorman1dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5805 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5806 | ||
e755722e | 5807 | vendorman3dir (vendorman3dir.U): |
635aebb7 | 5808 | This variable contains the name of the directory for man3 |
10305dfa JH |
5809 | pages. It may have a ~ on the front. |
5810 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5811 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own | |
5812 | man3 pages in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5813 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5814 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5815 | ||
e755722e JH |
5816 | vendorman3direxp (vendorman3dir.U): |
5817 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorman3dir, so that you | |
10305dfa JH |
5818 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. |
5819 | ||
a3635516 JH |
5820 | vendorprefix (vendorprefix.U): |
5821 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
5822 | which the vendor will install add-on packages. | |
f868067f | 5823 | See INSTALL for usage and examples. |
a3635516 JH |
5824 | |
5825 | vendorprefixexp (vendorprefix.U): | |
5826 | This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below | |
5827 | which the vendor will install add-on packages. Derived from vendorprefix. | |
5828 | ||
10305dfa JH |
5829 | vendorscript (vendorscript.U): |
5830 | This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORSCRIPT symbol. | |
5831 | It may have a ~ on the front. | |
5832 | The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. | |
5833 | Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place additional | |
5834 | executable scripts in this directory with | |
635aebb7 | 5835 | MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor |
10305dfa JH |
5836 | or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. |
5837 | ||
5838 | vendorscriptexp (vendorscript.U): | |
5839 | This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorscript, so that you | |
5840 | may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. | |
5841 | ||
781b178c | 5842 | version (patchlevel.U): |
ff935051 | 5843 | The full version number of this package, such as 5.6.1 (or 5_6_1). |
c890dc6c | 5844 | This combines revision, patchlevel, and subversion to get the |
ff935051 JH |
5845 | full version number, including any possible subversions. |
5846 | This is suitable for use as a directory name, and hence is | |
5847 | filesystem dependent. | |
781b178c | 5848 | |
27713a04 JH |
5849 | version_patchlevel_string (patchlevel.U): |
5850 | This is a string combining version, subversion and | |
635aebb7 AL |
5851 | perl_patchlevel (if perl_patchlevel is non-zero). |
5852 | It is typically something like | |
27713a04 JH |
5853 | 'version 7 subversion 1' or |
5854 | 'version 7 subversion 1 patchlevel 11224' | |
5855 | It is computed here to avoid duplication of code in myconfig.SH | |
635aebb7 | 5856 | and lib/Config.pm. |
27713a04 | 5857 | |
d56c5707 JH |
5858 | versiononly (versiononly.U): |
5859 | If set, this symbol indicates that only the version-specific | |
5860 | components of a perl installation should be installed. | |
5861 | This may be useful for making a test installation of a new | |
5862 | version without disturbing the existing installation. | |
5863 | Setting versiononly is equivalent to setting installperl's -v option. | |
5864 | In particular, the non-versioned scripts and programs such as | |
5865 | a2p, c2ph, h2xs, pod2*, and perldoc are not installed | |
5866 | (see INSTALL for a more complete list). Nor are the man | |
5867 | pages installed. | |
5868 | Usually, this is undef. | |
5869 | ||
781b178c JH |
5870 | vi (Loc.U): |
5871 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5872 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c | 5873 | |
781b178c JH |
5874 | xlibpth (libpth.U): |
5875 | This variable holds extra path (space-separated) used to find | |
5876 | libraries on this platform, for example CPU-specific libraries | |
5877 | (on multi-CPU platforms) may be listed here. | |
5878 | ||
4492b098 JH |
5879 | yacc (yacc.U): |
5880 | This variable holds the name of the compiler compiler we | |
5881 | want to use in the Makefile. It can be yacc, byacc, or bison -y. | |
5882 | ||
2d967e39 JH |
5883 | yaccflags (yacc.U): |
5884 | This variable contains any additional yacc flags desired by the | |
5885 | user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. | |
5886 | ||
781b178c JH |
5887 | zcat (Loc.U): |
5888 | This variable is defined but not used by Configure. | |
fcdf39cf | 5889 | The value is the empty string and is not useful. |
781b178c JH |
5890 | |
5891 | zip (Loc.U): | |
5bf26616 | 5892 | This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the |
781b178c JH |
5893 | full pathname (if any) of the zip program. After Configure runs, |
5894 | the value is reset to a plain "zip" and is not useful. | |
5895 |